Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Hotel & Motel / Ashford Hospitality Trust / FY2015 Annual Report

Ashford Hospitality Trust
Annual Report 2015

AHT · NYSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker AHT
Exchange NYSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Hotel & Motel
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Ashford Hospitality Trust
Loading PDF…
A

s

h

t

e

a

d

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

THIS IS WHO WE ARE

Annual Report & Accounts 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Day and night, they work  
24 hours a day.

AL HEINKE
Mohawk Northeast Inc.

>  Find out more at ashtead-group.com

Ashtead is an international equipment rental company with national 
networks in the US and the UK, and a small presence in Canada.  
We rent a full range of construction and industrial equipment across  
a wide variety of applications to a diverse customer base.

Our objectives are to:

1.  deliver sustainable value and above average performance across 

the economic cycle, thereby extending our industry-leading position 
and delivering superior total returns for shareholders; and

2.  deliver the very best levels of customer service throughout our 

networks to enable that growth every day. 

Contents

2 

This is who we are

STRATEGIC REPORT
4 
5 
6 

Chairman’s statement
Highlights of the year
Strategic review
8  Our business model
12  Our markets
16  Our strategy

22  Key performance indicators
24  Principal risks and uncertainties
26  Financial review
33  Responsible business report 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
42 
44 
49 
51 
52 
67 
69 

 Our Board of directors
 Corporate governance
 Audit Committee report
 Nomination Committee report
 Remuneration report
 Other statutory disclosures
 Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities

OUR FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 2015
71 
Independent auditor’s report
74  Consolidated income statement
74  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
75  Consolidated balance sheet
76  Consolidated statement of 

changes in equity

77  Consolidated cash flow statement
78  Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
107  Ten year history
108  Additional information

  
  
 
Financial	highlights

Performing strongly

£2,039m

Revenue

£557m

Underlying operating profit

557

409

2039

557

2,039

1,635

1,362

1,135

949

290

181

99

0

0

490

2011 2012 2013 2014

2015

2011 2012 2013 2014

2015

£490m

Underlying profit  
before taxation

362

245

131

£474m

Profit before taxation

490

474

474

357

214

135

31

0

2011 2012 2013 2014

2015

2

0

2011 2012 2013 2014

2015

>	 Group rental revenue up 24%1
>	 	Record Group pre-tax profit of £490m, up 35% at constant  

exchange rates

>	 £1bn invested in the rental fleet (2014: £657m)
>	 £236m spent on bolt-on acquisitions (2014: £103m)
>	 Net debt to EBITDA leverage1 of 1.8 times (2014: 1.8 times)
>	 Group RoI of 19% (2014: 19%)
>	 	Proposed final dividend of 12.25p, making 15.25p for the  

full year, up 33% (2014: 11.5p)

1  At constant exchange rates.

Underlying profit and earnings per share are stated before exceptional items and amortisation  
of intangibles. The definition of exceptional items is set out in Note 2 to the financial statements. 

Forward looking statements
This report contains forward looking statements. These have been made by the directors in good  
faith using information available up to the date on which they approved this report. The directors can  
give no assurance that these expectations will prove to be correct. Due to the inherent uncertainties, 
including both business and economic risk factors underlying such forward looking statements,  
actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward looking 
statements. Except as required by law or regulation, the directors undertake no obligation to update  
any forward looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

1

Strategic report NORTH AMERICA: SUNBELT >

This	is	who	we	are

Showcasing  
our Group

Ashtead	is	one	of	the	largest	
equipment	rental	companies		
in	the	world	and	operates		
as	Sunbelt	in	North	America	
and	as	A-Plant	in	the	UK.

The	second	largest	equipment	rental	company		
in	the	US	with	504	stores	in	45	states	and	Canada.

UK: A-PLANT >

GROUP >
REVENUE BY BUSINESS

	 Sunbelt	

	 A-Plant	

84%

16%

The	second	largest	equipment	rental	company		
in	the	UK	with	136	stores	throughout	England,	
Scotland	and	Wales.

2

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

NORTH AMERICA: SUNBELT >

US MARKET SHARE

US FLEET COMPOSITION

UK: A-PLANT >

	 United	Rentals	

	 Sunbelt	

	 	Hertz	Equipment		
Rental	Co.	(‘HERC’)	

	 Home	Depot	

	 BlueLine	Rental	

	 Aggreko	

	 Top	7–10	

	 Top	11–100	

	 Others	

13%

7%

3%

2%

1%

1%

5%

c.19%

c.49%

	 Aerial	work	platforms	 36%

	 Forklifts	

	 	Earth	moving	

	 Pump	and	power	

	 Scaffold	

	 Other	

17%

16%

10%

4%

17%

Source: Management estimate based on
IHS Global Insight market estimates.

Source: Management information.

UK MARKET SHARE

UK FLEET COMPOSITION

	 Speedy	

	 A-Plant	

	 	HSS	

	 VP	

	 Lavendon	

	 Hewdon	

	 GAP	

	 Others	

6%

6%

5%

3%

2%

2%

2%

74%

	 Aerial	work	platforms	 12%

	 Forklifts	

	 	Earth	moving	

	 Accommodation	

	 Pump	and	power	

	 Acrow	

	 Traffic	

	 	Panels,	fencing		
&	barriers	

	 Other	

13%

20%

14%

3%

4%

3%

9%

22%

Source: Management estimate based on
IHS Global Insight market estimates.

Source: Management information.

474*

Full	service	stores

30

Sunbelt	at	Lowes	stores

9,200

Employees

$2,742m

Revenue

$833m

Profits

26%

Return	on	investment**

* 

 Includes six stores in Canada having acquired  
GWG Rentals in 2014.

**  Excluding goodwill and intangible assets.

136

Stores

2,700

Employees

£323m

Revenue

£46m

Profits

	13%

Return	on	investment*

*  Excluding goodwill and intangible assets.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

3

Strategic report Chairman’s	statement

Combining growth 
with financial stability

I am delighted to report that we again had an excellent year with 
strong performance in North America and the UK. We delivered 
record results with both Sunbelt and A-Plant performing well in 
steadily improving markets. Our full-year revenue was £2,039m 
compared to £1,635m the previous year. Our underlying pre-tax  
profit was up 35% year-on-year to £490m at constant exchange  
rates and our EBITDA margin rose to 45% (2014: 42%), reflecting 
continued strong operational performance and efficiency gains. 

Rental revenue at Sunbelt grew 25% and 19% at A-Plant as both 
businesses took advantage of improving market conditions and 
increased their market share. 

We continue to invest significantly in the business and spent £1,063m 
on capital expenditure and £236m on strategic acquisitions during  
the year. We acquired a number of new businesses including our first 
acquisition in Canada. We invested £1bn in building and maintaining 
our best in class rental fleet and expect to invest a similar amount 
next year to further assist our growth. 

Notwithstanding our significant investment over the year, we continue 
to prioritise responsible growth, generating strong returns and 
keeping leverage within our stated objective of two times EBITDA or 
lower. Our expenditure is consistent with our strategy at this stage of 
the economic cycle, of investing in organic growth, opening greenfield 
sites whilst continuing to reduce our leverage. 

Prudent financial management is one of the anchors to Ashtead’s 
strategy and growth and ensures we retain financial security  
and strength at all stages of the economic and market cycles.  
This prudency has enabled us to support our structural growth  
and market share penetration. We will continue to capitalise on our 
momentum in our strong markets and sectors to grow responsibly 
whilst positioning the business to perform in any economic 
environment. Our strong balance sheet serves us well and, in 
September 2014, we issued $500m of senior secured notes due  
in 2024 to provide continued flexibility. 

The theme of this year’s report ‘This is who we are’ builds on last 
year’s emphasis on customer service. Sunbelt and A-Plant people 
make things happen for our customers every day. They take great 
pride in finding solutions to all manner of challenges. We feature  
in this report some of the great things customers say about our 
dependable team and the difference they make to their working day. 
Management is immensely grateful for the continuing commitment  
of all our people who make us who we are, a great company to work 
for and with. 

I am confident that your Board is well balanced and diverse, 
promoting good governance, support and thoughtful, enlightened 
challenge. In view of our excellent performance and in line with  
our progressive dividend policy, the Board is recommending a final 
dividend of 12.25p per share making 15.25p for the year compared to 
11.5p in 2014. Assuming the final dividend is approved at the Annual 
General Meeting, it will be paid on 4 September 2015 to shareholders 
on the register on 14 August 2015. 

We continue to see strategic, cyclical and structural growth 
opportunities and remain confident of our ability to continue to  
deliver excellent operational performance and strong financial 
management which underpins ongoing shareholder value. 

CHRIS COLE
Chairman  
15 June 2015

4

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Highlights of the year

•£490m 

record full-year 
underlying profit 
following record  
•£266m profit at  
the half year

2014

entered the 
Canadian market 
following the 
acquisition of  
GWG Rentals

£236m 

spent on 21  
bolt-on  
acquisitions 

31

new greenfield  
sites and 51 new  
sites from bolt-on 
acquisitions in  
the US

7

acquisitions to 
develop our US 
specialty businesses 
including two in the 
fast growing Climate 
Control sector

£1bn 

invested in building 
and maintaining  
our best in class 
rental fleet

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

5

Strategic report •
•
Strategic	review

Delivering strong results and  
consistent customer service

GEOFF DRABBLE
Chief executive 

SUZANNE WOOD
Finance director 

We’ve had another great year and have again delivered 
strong results. This shows that our strategy of focusing 
on same-store organic growth supplemented by bolt-
ons and new greenfield investments is the right one. It 
also demonstrates that our focus on consistently great 
service keeps customers coming back and makes it that 
much easier to bring in and embed new ones. We intend 
to keep doing what we have been doing.

While our focus remains on organic growth, we are delighted with the 
geographic and sector diversity that our M&A spend is delivering and 
this is a key element of our strategy and growth. We are building a 
broader base for longer-term growth both in terms of geographical 
reach and the different market segments we serve. The year was busy 
on the acquisition front as we sought to build our footprint with some 
great opportunities. We acquired 21 businesses throughout the year, 
further developing our specialty businesses, particularly in Climate 
Control and Oil & Gas. These acquisitions brought us a total of 51  
new locations across North America and cemented our nationwide 
capability in the UK. 

We made our first move into the Canadian market in line with our 
strategy of taking advantage of opportunities when they arise.  
We made one acquisition which brought us six locations and are 
planning some greenfield sites and will look for bolt-on acquisitions  
to build our share in that market. 

At Sunbelt, same-store revenue growth was 17% reflecting good 
markets and continuing gains in market share. Meanwhile greenfields 
and bolt-on acquisitions contributed revenue growth of 10%. We are 
delighted that we continue to see both structural and cyclical 
opportunity and talk more about how we make the most of this in our 
strategy section on page 16. At A-Plant we also saw strong revenue 
performance, with the UK market gently improving and us continuing 
to take market share. 

The combination of our great fleet, exceptional service and improved 
market conditions enables us to anticipate a sustained period of 
growth in both divisions ahead of the market. Next year’s fleet 
investment will probably be similar to this year’s, although we will 
obviously flex our spend depending on market conditions as we 
progress through the year. We will continue to make acquisitions as 
and when the opportunities present themselves. As we’ve said before, 
those acquisitions are likely to be small ones as those are the ones 
that are most suited to our growth strategy. 

On the following pages of our strategic review, you can find content  
on our business model, the markets in which we operate and how  
we capitalise on those, and the strategy that continues to deliver 
consistent, sustainable value and growth. Underpinning that strategy 
is the high level of service we deliver to our customers consistently 
every day through our nationwide networks of stores. Our people take 
great pride in making it happen for our customers. This is who we are. 

CONSISTENT DELIVERY FOR SANTEE COOPER
Our Industrial Scaffold team has worked with Santee Cooper 
(South Carolina’s leading power company) for eight years providing 
safe vertical access solutions for its workers. Our crew is so 
reliable it keeps getting asked back. At the Cross Generating 
Station in Pineville, SC, we safely erected 20,000 pieces of scaffold 
inside the 600MW coal-fired power boiler in 54 hours. This meant 
our client could quickly complete its annual maintenance, saving 
six hours on the installation time in the process.

6

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

HOW ARE WE CREATING 
SUSTAINABLE VALUE?
Our equipment rental business model, 
and the management of that over the 
economic cycle, enable us to create 
long-term sustainable value.

HOW WE ARE BUILDING 
MARKET SHARE?
We are building market share through 
same-store organic growth, new  
greenfield investments and selected 
bolt-on acquisitions.

>  Go to page 8 

>  Go to page 12

WHAT IS OUR STRATEGY FOR GROWTH?
We focus on building market share, maintaining flexibility in our 
finances and operations and being the best we can be every day.

HOW DID WE PERFORM IN 2015?
We had another year of strong financial performance,  
improved operational efficiency and excellent service metrics.

> Go to page 16

>  Go to page 26

RETURN ON INVESTMENT (%)

19

19

16

12

19

0

7

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Build a broad platform for growth

Maintain financial and operational flexibility

Operational excellence

WHAT ARE OUR RISKS?
Our main risks relate to economic 
conditions, competition, financing, 
business continuity, people, health  
and safety and the environment.

>  Go to page 24

HOW DO WE REPORT  
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS?
We report on responsible business through the 
Group Risk Committee. We focus on health and 
safety, our people, the environment, community 
investment and ensuring the highest ethical 
standards across the Group.

>  Go to page 33

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

7

Strategic report Our	business	model

Creating sustainable value

WHAT WE DO

Renting generators, powered 
access equipment, lighting, 
barriers and temporary 
trakway to an outdoor  
music festival

On-site tool hire and 
maintenance for  
new residential 
construction site

Tracking our 
equipment for 
customers using 
mobile tracking 
systems

Replacing worn-out 
sewage 
infrastructure

Providing temporary 
climate control 
solutions for office 
buildings

Designing, erecting 
and dismantling 
scaffolding systems 

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

INPUTS

HOW WE DO IT

•  Financial resources
•  Human resources
•  Operational expertise
•  Supplier relationships
•  Customer relationships

Differentiating our  
fleet and service
•  Broad fleet mix
•  Highly responsive (no job too small)
•  Scale to meet size and range  

of requirement

Ensuring operational excellence
•  Optimal fleet age
•  Nationwide networks in US and UK
•  Long-term partnerships with leading 

equipment manufacturers

•  Focused, service-driven approach
•  Strong customer relationships
•  Industry-leading application of technology

Managing the cycle
•  Planning ahead

•  Careful balance sheet management

8

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

We	create	value	through	the	short-term	rental	of	
equipment	that	is	used	for	a	wide	variety	of	applications	
to	a	diverse	customer	base.	Our	rental	fleet	ranges	
from	small	hand-held	tools	to	the	largest	construction	
equipment	and	is	available	through	a	network	of	stores	
in	North	America	and	the	UK.

> See overleaf for more detail on the business model and what we do.

HOW WE DO IT

Advising on health and 
safety aspects of 
equipment in use at a 
new sports stadium

Facilitating fit-out 
and ongoing 
maintenance of  
office blocks

Providing on-site hire 
depot and contractor’s 
village for long-term 
construction projects

Drying out and 
cleaning up after a 
flash flood at an 
industrial warehouse

Designing and 
implementing 
temporary traffic 
management systems

Providing equipment 
for facilities 
management at a 
shopping complex 

Investing in our people
•  Highly skilled team
•  Devolved structure
•  Maintaining significant  

staff continuity

•  Strong focus on recruitment, 
training and incentivisation

Maximising our return on investment
•  Effective management and monitoring of 

fleet investment

•  Optimisation of utilisation rates and returns
•  Flexibility in local pricing structures
•  Focus on higher-return equipment
•  Appropriate incentive plans consistent with 

improved returns

•   Adapting our fleet and cost position

•   Taking advantage of opportunities

VALUE CREATION

Value creation through
•  Shareholder returns
•  Employment
•  Direct and indirect taxation
•  Community involvement
•  Payments to suppliers
•  Customer solutions

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

9

Strategic report Our	business	model	continued

What we do is simple. How we do it is not.

25%

Specialty businesses are an increasing 
proportion of Sunbelt’s activities. 

At its most basic, our model is simple – we purchase an asset, we rent 
it to customers and generate a revenue stream each year we own it 
(on average, seven years). Then we sell it in the second-hand market 
and receive a proportion of the original purchase price in disposal 
proceeds. Assuming we purchase an asset for $100, generate revenue 
of $60 each year (equivalent to 60% dollar utilisation) and receive 35% 
of the original purchase price as disposal proceeds, we generate a 
return of $455 on an initial outlay of $100 over an average seven-year 
useful life. We incur costs in providing this service, principally 
employee, property and transportation costs and fleet depreciation. 
However, this simple overview encompasses a significant number of 
moving parts and activities. Our ability to excel in these areas enables 
us to generate strong margins and deliver long-term, sustainable 
shareholder value, whilst managing the risks inherent in our business 
(refer to pages 24 and 25).

Managing the cycle
We describe ourselves as being a late cycle business in that our  
main end market, non-residential construction, is usually one of  
the last parts of the economy to be affected by a change in economic 
conditions. This means that we have a good degree of visibility on 
when we are likely to be affected, as the signs will have been visible  
in other parts of the economy for some time. We are therefore able to 
plan accordingly and react in a timely manner when necessary. Key to 
the execution of our model is the planning we undertake to capitalise 
on the opportunities presented by the cycle. The opportunities are for 
both organic growth, through winning market share from less well 
positioned competitors, and positioning ourselves to be able to fund 
acquisitive growth if suitable opportunities arise. Our strategic 
priorities are outlined on pages 16 to 21.

Differentiating our service and fleet
The differentiation in our service and fleet means that we provide 
equipment to many different sectors. Construction continues to  
be our largest market but now represents around 45% as we have 
deliberately reduced our reliance on construction. An increasing 
proportion of our North American business (25%) is in specialty areas 
such as Pump & Power, Climate Control, Oil & Gas and Scaffolding. 
Residential construction is a small proportion of our business (5%)  
as it is not a heavy user of equipment.

Our customers range in size and scale from multinational businesses, 
through strong local contractors to individual do-it-yourselfers.  
Our diversified customer base includes construction, industrial and 
homeowner customers, as well as government entities and specialist 
contractors. Our core market is the small to mid-sized local 

contractor. The nature of the business is such that it consists of a high 
number of low value transactions. In the year to April 2015, Sunbelt 
dealt with over 475,000 customers, who generated average revenue  
of over $5,000.

The individual components of our fleet are similar to our peers. 
However, it is the breadth and depth of our fleet that differentiates us 
from them and provides the potential for higher returns. The size, age 
and mix of our rental fleet is driven by the needs of our customers, 
market conditions and overall demand. The equipment we provide  
to each customer is diverse and we are often involved in supplying 
various types of equipment over an extended period at each distinct 
stage of a project’s development. Our equipment is also used in a wide 
range of other applications including industrial, events, repair and 
maintenance and facilities management.

How we operate
Our operating model is key to the way we deliver operational 
excellence:

•  In the US we achieve scale through a ‘clustered market’ approach 
of grouping general tool and specialist rental locations in each  
of our developed markets. This approach allows us to provide a 
comprehensive product offering and convenient service to our 
customers wherever their job sites may be within these markets. 
When combined with our purchasing power, this creates a virtuous 
circle of scale. You can find out more on our cluster strategy on 
pages 18 and 19.

•  In the UK, our strategy is focused on having sufficient stores to 

allow us to offer a full range of equipment on a nationwide basis. 
We have migrated our network towards fewer, larger locations 
which are able to address all the needs of our customers in their 
respective markets. This difference in approach from the US 
reflects the nature of the customer base (more national accounts) 
and the smaller geography of the UK.

•  Across our rental fleet, we seek generally to carry equipment  

from one or two suppliers in each product range and to limit the 
number of model types of each product. We believe that having a 
standardised fleet results in lower costs. This is because we obtain 
greater discounts by purchasing in bulk and reduce maintenance 
costs through more focused and, therefore, reduced training 
requirements for our staff. We are also able to share spare parts 
between stores which helps minimise the risk of over-stocking. 
Furthermore, we can easily transfer fleet between locations which 
helps us achieve leading levels of physical utilisation, one of our  
key performance indicators (‘KPIs’).

10 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

70%

of orders placed for same  
day or next day delivery.

•  We purchase equipment from well-known manufacturers with 

strong reputations for product quality and reliability and maintain 
close relationships with them to ensure certainty of supply and  
good after-purchase service and support. We work with vendors  
to provide early visibility of our equipment needs which enables 
them to plan their production schedules and ensures we receive  
the fleet when we need it. However, we believe we have sufficient 
alternative sources of supply for the equipment we purchase in  
each product category.

•  We also aim to offer a full service solution for our customers in all 
scenarios. Our specialty product range includes equipment types 
such as pumps, power generation, heating, cooling, scaffolding, 
traffic management and lifting services, which involve providing 
service expertise as well as equipment.

•  Our large and experienced sales force is encouraged to build and 

reinforce customer relationships and to concentrate on generating 
strong, whole-life returns from our rental fleet. Our sales force 
works closely with our customers to ensure we meet their needs. 
Through the application of technology, it is equipped with real-time 
access to fleet availability and pricing information enabling it to 
respond rapidly to the needs of a customer while optimising returns.
•  We guarantee our service standards and believe that our focus on 
customer service and the guarantees we offer help distinguish our 
businesses from competitors and assist us in delivering superior 
financial returns. Our responsiveness to customer needs is critical 

in a business where around 70% of orders are placed for  
delivery within 24 hours. We have worked with a lot of our 
customers for many years. Our customer retention is high due  
to the scale and quality of our fleet, our speed of response and  
our customer service.

•  Our local management teams are experienced and incentivised  
to produce strong financial returns and high quality standards.  
We believe that the autonomy given to management teams to take 
decisions locally ensures that, despite our size, we retain the feel  
of a small, local business for our employees.

•  We invest heavily in our computerised point of sale and service 

systems as well as the software and online capabilities required  
to deliver efficient service as well as high returns. We capture  
and record the time of delivery and the customer’s signature 
electronically, allowing us to systematically monitor and report  
on on-time deliveries. We also use electronic tracking systems  
to monitor the location and usage of large equipment.

Investing in our people
Our people enable us to provide the exceptional customer service  
that keeps our customers coming back. Our exceptional staff and 
focus on service give us a huge competitive advantage in what we  
do. On pages 36 to 38 we discuss the importance of our staff and 
corporate culture in more detail. We aim to recruit good people  
and then invest in them throughout their careers. 

01: MANAGING THE CYCLE – SUNBELT

2007
Strong market
Preparation
for downturn 

2008
Rightsizing
of the business

2009
Running tight 
business

2010
Benefitting from
structural change

2013
Improving market

Revenue ($m)

1,308

1,626

1,450

32

34

38

1,081

1,225

46

44

1,507

1,820

2,742

2,189

36

30

27

26

Fleet age (months)

Fleet size ($m)

EBITDA margin (%)

Return on
investment* (%) 

2,147

2,314

2,136

2,094

2,151

2,453

2,868

36

37

35

32

32

19

19

14

6

9

36

20

41

25

4,733

3,596

45

47

26

26

*  Excluding goodwill and intangible assets.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

11

Strategic report  
 
Our	markets

Capitalising on  
market opportunity

The	majority	of	our	business	is	in	the	US	
because	of	higher	growth	rates	in	the	rental	
industry	in	that	market	than	in	the	UK.	

The majority of our business is in the US because of 
higher growth rates in the rental industry in that market 
than in the UK. The rental market in the US is much  
less developed than in the UK and potentially five  
times bigger. 

This year we took our first small step into the Canadian market 
through a small bolt-on acquisition operating in British Columbia and 
Alberta. The US market has been recovering for a while and now we 
are seeing pleasing growth in the UK as well. We are increasing our 
market share in both markets. It is important to remember that we 
were already delivering record growth before the markets returned  
to growth. The market growth we are seeing now means that we are 
able to perform even more strongly. 

THE US
Economic recovery
The US economy is now performing well and we are experiencing 
growth across the range of end markets. Chart 2 shows very 
encouraging short-term trends and the consensus has come round  
to the view that the market will experience steady long-term growth. 
Even with reduced dependence on construction we remain impacted 
by the cycles in that industry. We are a predominantly late cycle 
business which over the economic cycle gets most impact from 
economic recovery between 12–24 months after construction starts  
to recover. So we are already seeing the benefits of that. Commercial 
and industrial starts are continuing to grow well and we expect this  
to continue at least until 2017.

02: US MARKET OUTLOOK

Total building starts  
(Millions of square feet)
Total building
Commercial and industrial
Institutional
Residential

Source: Dodge Data & Analytics (March 2015).

2015
+13%
+11%
+8%
+14%

2016
+17%
+11%
+11%
+19%

2017
+10%
+5%
+14%
+12%

We remain optimistic about the duration of the next construction 
cycle. Chart 3 shows the last three construction cycles. These have 
followed one of two patterns. From 1975 to 1982 and from 1982 to 
1991 the initial recovery was very aggressive but the overall cycle was 
relatively short. The current cycle is following the steadier recovery  
of the early 90s. This reflects the widely held view that a long, steady 
recovery is the most likely shape this time around, following the 
protracted downturn. IHS Global Insight forecasts annual rental 
industry growth of 8–9% until 2017.

03: CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY BY CYCLE

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

T

T
+
2

T
+
4

T
+
6

T
+
8

T
+
1
0

T
+
1
2

T
+
1
4

T
+
1
6

T
+
1
8

T
+
2
0

	 1975–1982	
	 Current	cycle	

	 1982–1991	

	 1991–2011	

	 Forecast

(T=100	based	on	constant	dollars)

Source: Dodge Data & Analytics.

12 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

	
7%

market share  
in the US.

Market share in the US
We are the second largest equipment rental company in the US but 
there is still plenty of room to grow, as chart 4 shows. Our major  
large competitors are United Rentals and HERC with 13% and 3% 
respectively. Home Depot, BlueLine and Aggreko have shares of 2%  
or less. Most of the remainder of the market is made up of small local 
independent tool shops. We make most of our market share gains 
from these small independents when we set up new stores or acquire 
them. But we also take share from larger competitors because  
we have the right fleet in the right place and because we offer  
better service. 

04: US MARKET SHARE

	 United	Rentals	

	 Sunbelt	

	 	Hertz	Equipment		
Rental	Co.	(‘HERC’)	

	 Home	Depot	

	 BlueLine	Rental	

	 Aggreko	

	 Top	7–10	

	 Top	11–100	

	 Others	

13%

7%

3%

2%

1%

1%

5%

c.19%

c.49%

 Source: Management estimate based on IHS Global Insight market estimates.

We have a track record of increasing our market share and since 2002 
we have increased it from c.2% to c.7% currently. The goal we set 
ourselves two years ago was to double our market share in the 
medium to long term to 12% (chart 5). Over the last three years we 
have consistently grown at two to three times the market growth  
rate. While it may be challenging to maintain this level of market 
out-performance, the combination of our business model, the 
stronger economy and the long-term trend to rental, which we 
discuss further on page 14, provide the perfect environment for us  
to achieve this goal. In addition, our market share gains accelerate  
as we make the most of the scale advantages we now have. In the 
longer term, we believe that a US market share in the order of 20%  
is not an unreasonable goal. In Canada our initial goal is to achieve  
a market share of 5%.

As we increase our market share and grow our specialty businesses, 
they necessarily become a greater proportion of the mix. The 
acquisitions we make are often to expand into a new specialty area  
or to develop an existing one. For example, last year we made two 
acquisitions in the Climate Control sector and two in the Pump & 
Power business. Despite the lower oil price, we also see Oil & Gas as  
a sector where we will grow market share as there is strong demand 
for our specialist focus. We made three acquisitions in Oil & Gas 
businesses last year. At the same time we are able to maintain 
flexibility in this specialty business because our Oil & Gas fleet makes 
up only 3% of the total fleet and 90% of that is fully transferable to 
other areas of the business.

05: US MARKET SHARE DEVELOPMENT

2002

2007

2013

2015

Target

2%

4%

6%

7%

Source: Management estimates.

0

12%

12

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

13

Strategic report Our	markets	continued

Capitalising on market opportunity continued

TIME MEANS MONEY 
FOR US AND THEY 
ALWAYS HELP US.
Julian Campi, Reinforced Structures, Inc.

50%

US rental penetration is 
around 50% and increasing.

Find out more at  
ashtead-group.com

The trend to rental
There are a number of features of the US construction market that 
mean there is still significant growth to come from the continuing 
trend to rental in place of owning equipment. The trend to rental really 
got going in the US around 2000, much later than in the UK. Rental 
still only takes up around 50% of the market compared to 75% in the 
UK. We see the potential market penetration for rental equipment  
to be well over 60% in the US. There continues to be a number of 
favourable factors driving this increasing penetration. The short-term 
drivers of this evolution are the significant cost inflation in recent 
years associated with the replacement of equipment, technical 
changes to equipment requirements that make rental more attractive, 
and health, safety and environmental issues which make rental more 
economical and just easier. In addition, the market is increasingly 
getting used to renting equipment rather than buying it.

For example, the environmental regulations resulting in the more 
environmentally friendly Tier 4 engines produce significant inflation  
in equipment replacement costs. This has driven further rental 
penetration through the reduction in fleet size by those customers 
who previously may have chosen to own some, if not all, of their larger 
equipment needs. Customers and smaller competitors with older 
fleets are faced with heavier replacement spend. The difficulties  
of getting to grips with the new technology and its maintenance 
requirements have also caused more operators to decide to rent. 
Therefore it makes sense for us to continue to invest heavily in 
keeping our fleet in the best condition it can be, as we discuss further 
on page 20. 

MANAGING THE FLOW FOR THE BALTIMORE 
SEWER BYPASS
Our Pump & Power division was charged with servicing  
the Baltimore sewer bypass with over 100 trucks required  
to deliver the pipe and pumps alone. In October 2014, the 
integrity of the bypass was tested to its limit when heavy 
rain caused flows to increase beyond expectations. Luckily 
the Sunbelt crew had already factored in exceptional 
circumstances and, with 13 out of the 16 pumps installed, 
the sewer managed the exceptional flow and slowly 
returned to normal. We ensured a dry work environment 
was maintained enabling Spiniello, the lead contractor,  
to complete the refurbishment work on schedule.

14 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

06: UK CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY FORECASTS

£m constant 2010 prices
Residential

Private commercial

Public and infrastructure

Total

Source: Consumer Products Association (Spring 2015).

2013
actual
31,294

34,556

47,157

113,007

2014
actual
36,721
+17.3%
35,956
+4.1%
48,744
+3.4%
121,421
+7.4%

2015
forecast
39,602
+7.8%
37,995
+5.7%
50,448
+3.5%
128,045
+5.5%

2016
forecast
41,248
+4.2%
39,737
+4.6%
52,190
+3.5%
133,175
+4.0%

2017
projection
42,245
+2.4%
41,345
+4.0%
54,143
+3.7%
137,733
+3.4%

2018
projection
43,266
+2.4%
42,818
+3.6%
57,121
+5.5%
143,205
+4.0%

% of 
Total
30%

30%

40%

100%

THE UK
Economic recovery
The UK market continues to improve after a number of slower years. 
An already high level of rental penetration of 75% means that growth 
opportunities are more difficult to come by than in the US. However, 
A-Plant continues to grow and is also taking market share. Chart 6 
shows the outlook for UK construction which shows we are back to 
growth. However, with 40% of total construction still being public and 
infrastructure, even with residential performing well, we will continue 
to invest responsibly in the UK market. 

Market share
We are the second largest equipment rental company in the UK,  
and continued to increase our market share this year organically and 
through five small bolt-on acquisitions. There are a greater number  
of major players in the UK market with the largest still holding only a 
6% market share. Chart 7 shows our key competitors and their share 
of the market. We believe we are well-positioned with our strong 
customer service, young relative fleet age and strong balance sheet  
to take market share from smaller, less well-positioned market 
participants as market growth continues. We continue to believe  
we can increase our share of the UK rental market by 50%.

07: UK MARKET SHARE

	 Speedy	

	 A-Plant	

	 HSS	

	 VP	

	 Lavendon	

	 Hewdon	

	 GAP	

	 Others	

6%

6%

5%

3%

2%

2%

2%

74%

Source: Management estimates based on IHS Global Insight market estimates.

THE TOUR DE FRANCE IN THE UK
In May 2014, we helped the 101st Tour de France begin in the UK for 
only the second time in its long history. Our Eve Trakway division 
supplied 133,000 metres of barriers along the route to protect both 
cyclists and the 3.5 million people who came out to view the race. 
A-Plant Lux also provided a range of traffic management equipment 
including 25,000 cones and 4,000 road signs.

 “Eve, supported by the WRG project management team, coped 
brilliantly with the installation requirements along almost  
400km of route, working tirelessly to make the event a success.  
A superb company to work with.” 

TIM ELLIOT
WRG Managing Director

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

15

Strategic report Our	strategy

Our strategic priorities

We are operating in a market full of potential and accordingly our 
strategy is to grow the business aggressively but responsibly. Two 
years ago we set ourselves the goal in the medium to long term of 
doubling our market share in the US to 12% and grow it by 50% in the 
UK. Given the way the rental market is evolving and the way we do 
business, we think this is realistic. We have demonstrated where we 
think we are in the economic cycle. Our challenge now is to make the 
most of that position and the growth which comes with sustained 

economic recovery in an aggressive but disciplined manner. Whether 
we achieve these goals this cycle or next cycle is dependent on 
various factors, many of which are outside our control such as the 
duration of the cycle. However, the important factor is that we 
implement our strategy consistently, across the economic cycle to 
ensure that we are in a strong position at all times to take advantage 
of the opportunities presented by our markets. The risks that we face 
in implementing this strategy are discussed on pages 24 and 25.

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

KEY INITIATIVES

UPDATE

RELEVANT KPIs & RISKS

BUILD A BROAD 
PLATFORM FOR 
GROWTH:

•  Double our US market share
•  Increase UK market share 

by 50%

MAINTAIN FINANCIAL 
AND OPERATIONAL 
FLEXIBILITY:

•  RoI above 15% for the Group

Organic fleet growth
Greenfield expansion
Bolt-on M&A
Develop specialty products
Develop clusters in key 
areas

US market share increased from  
6% to 7%
32% increase in size of US rental fleet
24% increase in US fleet on rent
31 greenfield openings in the US
$339m spent on US acquisitions
£7m spent on UK acquisitions

KPIs
Fleet on rent

Risks
Competition
People

Driving improved dollar 
utilisation
Maintain ‘fall through’ rates
Increasing US store maturity

Strong RoI at 19% (2014: 19%)
Sunbelt dollar utilisation of 59%  
(2014: 61%)
Sunbelt ‘fall through’ of 58%
A-Plant dollar utilisation of 56%  
(2014: 56%)

•  Maintain leverage 

predominantly below two 
times net debt to EBITDA

Maintaining financial 
discipline

Sunbelt EBITDA margin improved  
to 47% (2014: 45%)
Leverage of 1.8x EBITDA

•  Ensure financial firepower 
at bottom of cycle for next 
‘step change’

Optimise fleet profile  
and age during the  
cyclical upturn

Fleet age remains stable and 
appropriate at this stage of the cycle:

•  Sunbelt 26 months 
(2014: 27 months)
•  A-Plant 29 months 
(2014: 37 months)

OPERATIONAL 
EXCELLENCE:

•  Improve operational 

Operational improvement:

capability and effectiveness
•  Continued focus on service

•  delivery cost recovery
•  fleet efficiency

Initial phase of improvement 
programmes designed to deliver 
improved dollar utilisation and 
EBITDA margins

16 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

KPIs
RoI
Dollar utilisation
Underlying EBITDA margins

Risks
Economic conditions
Competition

KPIs
Leverage
Net debt

Risks
Financing

KPIs
Underlying EBITDA margins
RoI
Fleet on rent
Staff turnover
Safety

Risks
People

08: MARKET SHARE AND GROWTH STRATEGY

Market	share

	 0%

	 10%

	 15+%

	 General	tool	

	 Specialty

Building a broad platform for growth
Our first strategic priority is to build a broad platform for organic 
growth supplemented by small bolt-on acquisitions and new 
greenfield sites. The map above shows the nature and scale of our 
opportunity to build market share in the US and the 144 new locations 
we have added over the last three years. Anything in green on the map 
is where we already have our target 12% market share. Areas in dark 
green are where we have over 15%. It is only a matter of time before 
we achieve similar results across a broader geography because we 
now have the scale, competitive advantage and balance sheet 
strength to reach our targets. There are 11 out of the top 100 markets 
in the US where we have no locations and a further 20 where our 
share is less than our average share. So we believe there is significant 
opportunity for expansion in both existing and new geographies. 

As we develop new stores their profit margins go up and they deliver 
more revenue. We focus on same-store growth because once a store 
has been open for 12 months it has average growth of 17% and  
it generates the best returns. This is part cyclical market growth of 
7% and part structural growth of 10%. So even if the market stops 
growing, our stores don’t because that structural part of the growth  
is independent of the market. As a result we are growing at two  
to three times the pace of our closest competitors and this is our  
fifth year of growing at least three times the pace of the market.  
The strength of our brand and reputation mean that new greenfield 
sites became profitable very quickly. 

As chart 9 shows, when we add to this the 10% growth from our 
bolt-on acquisitions and greenfield sites, total revenue growth 
becomes 27%, of which two-thirds is structural and not driven by 
market growth. Our strategy capitalises on both structural and 
cyclical factors to drive our revenue growth.

09: SOURCES OF REVENUE GROWTH

+17%

Same-store 
growth

+10%

Bolt-ons and 
greenfields

+27%

Total rental only 
revenue growth

+7%

End market 
growth

+10%

Structural  
share gains

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

17

Strategic report 	
	
	
	
	
Our	strategy	continued

Our strategic priorities	continued

55%

of Sunbelt’s business  
is non-construction. 

Structural growth is the market share we take because we have the 
best kit in the right locations combined with the best service. We are 
able to keep growing because we prioritise investment in the fleet and 
have the financial security to be able to do that. Our customers want 
good quality fleet, readily available to meet their needs. Investing in  
a broad range of fleet and backing that up with great service means 
our customers remain loyal and do not need to look elsewhere. 
Prioritising higher return on investment (‘RoI’) products further  
helps our growth. 

We are also focused on finding the best opportunities and acting 
quickly on those whether that be a new greenfield site or an 
acquisition. Opportunities that allow us to diversify further and  
expand our specialty businesses are particularly key to our strategy  
of building a broader base for growth. Last financial year we made 16 
acquisitions which grew our North American network and expanded 
our specialty businesses, adding 51 locations. 

Our specialty businesses are a strategic priority and have grown  
from 16% of our business in 2011 to 25% in 2015. We have seen fastest 
growth in Oil & Gas and Climate Control and aim to build specialty 
businesses generating $1bn of revenue in time. We have always said 
we wanted to reduce our dependence on the construction industry. 
The increase in our specialty businesses is one way in which we have 
increased the ratio of our non-construction business, as can be seen  
in chart 10. 

We will not necessarily continue this pace of acquisition activity  
as it will depend on what opportunities are available in the future. 
However, we may find, for example, that the weaker oil price means 
we are able to secure better priced acquisition opportunities in  
Oil & Gas, a sector we continue to believe will deliver good growth 
opportunities for our business. 

Our greenfield sites are chosen carefully to enhance our existing 
business. We focus on building clusters of stores, as can be seen  
in the map opposite, because as we build clusters our RoI expands. 
Where we have a full cluster of stores, as we have in Florida for 
example, our average store level RoI is around 5% higher than for 
non-clustered locations. 

10: US BUSINESS MIX

2007

	 Construction	

	 Non-construction	

55%

45%

2015

	 Construction	

	 Non-construction	

45%

55%

MAKING IT HAPPEN FOR FORMULA E
Sunbelt supplied electrical distribution equipment to meet the unique power needs  
of the electric version of Formula 1, Formula e, for its inaugural race in the US in Miami,  
using fuel efficient rental equipment and delivery trucks.

 “I’m convinced our power issues would have been magnified if you had not been there  
to support with transformers, distros, cabling, a backup gen system, and most of all 
experience… you were the only one in the room that understood what needed to happen  
as we and our electrical contractor did…” 

SCOTT RUSH
Director of Operations, Andretti Sports Marketing 

18 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

11: CLUSTERED MARKETS – 100 LARGEST MARKETS

	 Full	cluster

	 Non	cluster

	 No	presence

12: SOUTH FLORIDA CLUSTER

	 General	tool	
	 Specialty

Financial and operational flexibility
The scale of growth we are experiencing and planning requires  
a great deal of financial and operational flexibility. As mentioned 
elsewhere, we are a cyclical business and we aim to perform at  
all stages of the economic cycle. This means looking ahead and 
preparing for both the top and the bottom of the cycle. It means  
having the financial strength to enable growth when appropriate  
and make our returns sustainable. Having a strong balance sheet  
is fundamental to our success at all stages in the cycle.

A big part of our financial stability comes from our strategy of 
ensuring that, averaged across the economic cycle, we always deliver 
RoI well ahead of our cost of capital. RoI through the cycle is the key 
measure for any rental company and the best medium-term indicator 
of the strength of the business. We do this in a variety of ways at 
different stages of the cycle, all focused on the effective management 
of invested capital and maintaining financial discipline.

Our current strategy is to focus on optimising dollar utilisation (the 
rental revenue return over the original cost of any of our equipment) 
and on maintaining our ‘fall through’ rates (the proportion of 
incremental rental revenue that ‘falls through’ to EBITDA). Last year 
our ‘fall through’ rate at Sunbelt was 58% overall and 67% on a 
same-store basis. This is how we measure the efficiency of our growth.

The maturity of our stores also has a big impact on RoI. This is 
because as stores mature and get bigger there is natural margin 
progression. Stores that were greenfield sites only two years ago are 
now already adding same-store growth. We are always focused on 
moving new and young stores up the maturity curve as there is scope 
for higher returns as they do so. This also means that we are now at a 
very different stage in our evolution relative to the current economic 
cycle to where we were in the last. We have more stores overall and 
they are larger than at the peak of the last cycle, so we are much 
better placed to weather the next downturn when it comes, as we 
know it will. Chart 13 on page 20 shows how our strategic focus on 
store evolution is driving our strong margins and returns. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

19

Strategic report 	
	
Our	strategy	continued

Our strategic priorities

13: STORE MATURITY PROFILE

Fleet size
Extra large > $15m
Large > $10m
Medium > $5m
Small < $5m

*  Based on store level operating profit and excludes corporate costs.
Note: 2008 reflects prior cycle peak performance.

2008
14
35
174
115

Number

Operating margin*

2015
73
108
181
68

2008
37%
35%
30%
24%

2015
41%
38%
34%
29%

2008
26%
25%
22%
19%

RoI*

2015
28%
27%
24%
23%

While we are looking to grow and capitalise on the market 
opportunity, we also seek to maintain financial discipline and are 
always mindful of our leverage commitment to maintain our ratio of 
net debt to EBITDA at below two times. From this position of strength  
at the peak of the cycle, we can ensure we have sufficient financial 
resources at the bottom of the cycle to prepare for the next ‘step 
change’ in the market and capitalise on growth opportunities in the 
early stages of the next recovery. Integral to financial strength is our 
ability to generate cash. Traditionally, rental companies have only 
generated cash in a downturn when they reduce capital expenditure 
and age their fleet. In the upturn, they consume cash as they replace 
their fleets and then seek to grow. As our business matures, we are 
reaching the point where we expect to generate free cash flow (before 
acquisitions and returns to shareholders) throughout the cycle and 
not only in a downturn.

We have focused on ensuring our fleet profile and age is optimised  
for the cyclical upturn to ensure we make the most of the opportunity. 
Our strategy of fleet de-aging since 2010 has resulted in a fleet as 
young as it has ever been. Our young fleet means that we no longer 
need to reduce fleet age further and can devote a greater proportion 
of our capital expenditure to growth. The typical fleet age profile  
of our customers and some of our smaller competitors means  
that a greater proportion of their fleet needs to be replaced in the  
near future at much higher prices. We get significant competitive 
advantage from our young fleet and our purchasing power. Our  
strong balance sheet allows us to capitalise on this advantage  
in both the US and the UK.

Operational excellence
Our third strategic priority is improving our operational capability  
and effectiveness, doing what we do to the very best of our ability.  
Last year we continued our improvement programmes designed to 
enhance our operational efficiency and hence the sustainability of our 
EBITDA margins. The key focus of these initially has been to improve 
delivery cost recovery and increase fleet efficiency. We have analysed 
all aspects of how we fulfil our customers’ requirements, ranging 
from how we organise our stores, load our delivery trucks, optimise 
our delivery and pick-up routes and how we spend time at the 
customer location. As with any multi-location business, all locations 
are good at some of this, some locations are good at all of it – our goal 
is for all locations to be good at all of it. 

One initiative set up last year focused primarily on how much of our 
fleet is unavailable to rent at any time. In January 2014 we started  
with fleet unavailability at 16% and it is now around 14%. Fleet can be 
unavailable for several reasons, if for example, it could be awaiting  
pick-up, inspection or maintenance. We are looking for continuous 
improvement in this area and aim to reach our target of only 10% of 
our fleet being unavailable at any one time. Efficiency initiatives are 
enabling us to maintain our strong drop-through of incremental 
revenue to EBITDA.

CLIMATE CONTROL
Our Climate Control specialisation has grown from a small portable 
air conditioning and heating service into a high growth industrial 
business in just two years, producing annual revenues of over $80m. 
Last year we opened seven greenfields and acquired Atlas, a 
nationwide portable air conditioning business, and Superior Heating 
Solutions in Pennsylvania. We provide highly engineered solutions in 
industrial settings such as food processing plants, archival storage, 
mission-critical applications, shipyards, power plants, tank lining  
and construction drying. For example, instead of purchasing and 
maintaining their own climate control equipment that is only used part 
of the year, many food processors are turning to us to provide climate 
control and dehumidification solutions to maintain the quality and 
consistency of their product.

20 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

500,000+

customers served annually.

AT THE DROP OF A DIME YOU KNOW 
TO CALL THEM UP AND TELL THEM 
I NEED SOMETHING QUICK AND 
THEY GET RIGHT ON IT.
Wendell Simmons, DOC Consulting, LLC

Find out more at  
ashtead-group.com

We believe our ongoing focus on customer service is crucial to our 
success, and our strategy for building relationships with our broad 
range of customers is also a key point of differentiation. Excellent 
service is at the heart of our strong financial performance. We have 
three main categories of customers, their needs typically reflecting 
their size. Our smallest customers have rental revenue spend with  
us of less than $20,000 a year but represent 97% of our customers  
by number. These smaller customers tend to require higher levels  

of service but can incur a higher transactional cost. Our medium-sized 
companies often need equipment for longer periods of time and can 
command a discounted service. Our largest customers are our 
national accounts who have large-scale and often very sophisticated 
requirements. We have gained significant market share in all types  
of customer due, in part, to the strength of the relationships we build. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

21

Strategic report Key	performance	indicators

Measuring our performance

At	Group	level,	we	measure	the	performance	of		
the	business	using	a	number	of	key	performance	
indicators	(‘KPIs’).	These	help	to	ensure	that	we	are	
delivering	against	our	strategic	priorities	as	set	out	
on	page	16.	Several	of	these	KPIs	(underlying	EPS,	
return	on	investment	and	leverage)	influence	the	
remuneration	of	our	executive	team	(see	page	52).

Certain	KPIs	are	more	appropriately	measured	for	each	of	our	two	operating	
businesses,	whereas	other	KPIs	are	best	measured	for	the	Group	as	a	whole.

> See page 16 for our strategic priorities.

UNDERLYING EPS (p)
Calculation Underlying Group profit after taxation divided by the weighted average number  
of shares in issue (excluding shares held by the Company and the ESOT).

Strategic  
priority

Target As a cyclical business, underlying EPS varies substantially through the cycle.

2015 performance Underlying EPS improved significantly to 63p per share in 2014/15.

RETURN ON INVESTMENT (‘RoI’) (%)
Calculation Underlying operating profit divided by the sum of net tangible and intangible  
fixed assets, plus net working capital but excluding net debt, deferred tax and fair  
value remeasurements.

Target Averaged across the economic cycle we look to deliver RoI well ahead of our cost of 
capital, as discussed in our strategic review.

2015 performance Our RoI was 19% for the year ended 30 April 2015.

Strategic  
priority

63

47

31

17

4

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

19

19

16

12

7

63

0

19

0

NET DEBT AND LEVERAGE AT CONSTANT EXCHANGE RATES
Calculation Net debt is total debt less cash balances, as reported, and leverage is net debt  
divided by underlying EBITDA, calculated at constant exchange rates (balance sheet rate).

Target We seek to maintain a conservative balance sheet structure with a target for net debt  
to underlying EBITDA of less than two times.

2015 performance Net debt at 30 April 2015 was £1,687m and leverage was 1.8 times.

	 Net	debt	

	 Leverage	(x)

22 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

1,687

Strategic  
priority

1,149

934

3.1

2.9

746

766

910

2.6

821

2.3

1.9

1.8

1.8

Apr
2009

Apr
2010

Apr
2011

Apr
2012

Apr
2013

Apr
2014

Apr
2015

	
	
PHYSICAL UTILISATION (%)
Calculation Physical utilisation is measured as the daily average of the amount of itemised fleet 
at cost on rent as a percentage of the total fleet at cost and for Sunbelt is measured only for 
equipment whose cost is over $7,500 (which comprised 87% of its itemised fleet at 30 April 2015).

Target It is important to sustain annual average physical utilisation at between 60% and 70% 
through the cycle. If utilisation falls below 60%, yield will tend to suffer, whilst above 70% we 
may not have enough fleet in certain stores to meet our customers’ needs.

2015 performance Sunbelt utilisation at 70% was similar to 2013/14, while A-Plant utilisation 
was 70% (2013/14: 72%).

	 Sunbelt	

	 A-Plant

Strategic  
priority

71

69

72

71

72

70

70

0

2013

2014

2015

FLEET ON RENT ($m/£m)
Calculation Fleet on rent is measured as the daily average of the original cost of our itemised 
equipment on rent.

Strategic  
priority

2859

2,859

2,229

1,899

Target To achieve growth rates in Sunbelt and A-Plant in excess of the growth in our markets  
and that of our competitors.

2015 performance In Sunbelt, fleet on rent grew 24% in 2014/15, whilst in A-Plant it grew 13%. 
The US market grew 7% in 2014 and the UK market by 10%.

	 Sunbelt	

	 A-Plant

241

292

337

0

2013

2014

2015

DOLLAR UTILISATION (%)
Calculation Dollar utilisation is rental revenue divided by average fleet at original (or ‘first’)  
cost measured over a 12-month period.

Strategic  
priority

60

61

49

61

56

59

56

Target Improve dollar utilisation to drive improving returns in the business.

2015 performance Dollar utilisation decreased slightly to 59% in Sunbelt, reflecting the drag 
effect of greenfield openings and acquisitions and remained unchanged at 56% in A-Plant. 

	 Sunbelt	

	 A-Plant

UNDERLYING EBITDA MARGINS (%)
Calculation Underlying EBITDA as a percentage of total revenue.

Target To improve margins and achieve peak EBITDA margins of 45–50% in Sunbelt during  
this cycle and 30–35% in A-Plant.

2015 performance Margins improved in 2014/15 to 47% in Sunbelt and to 34% in A-Plant.

0

2013

2014

2015

Strategic  
priority

47

41

45

47

28

29

34

	 Sunbelt	

	 A-Plant

STAFF TURNOVER (%)
Calculation Staff turnover is calculated as the number of leavers in a year (excluding 
redundancies) divided by the average headcount during the year.

Strategic  
priority

Target Our aim is to keep employee turnover below historical levels to enable us to build  
on the skill base we have established.

2015 performance Turnover levels have increased as economies have improved and our 
well-trained, knowledgeable staff have become targets for our competitors.

2013

2014

2015

20

19

16

16

15

14

0

20

0

	 Sunbelt	

	 A-Plant

2013

2014

2015

SAFETY
Calculation The RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences 
Regulations) reportable rate is the number of major injuries or over seven-day injuries per  
100,000 hours worked.

Strategic  
priority

0.55

0.48

0.52

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.35

Target Continued reduction in accident rates.

2015 performance The RIDDOR reportable rate remained at 0.45 in Sunbelt but increased to  
0.55 in A-Plant. More detail is included in our Responsible business report on pages 34 and 35.

	 Sunbelt	

	 A-Plant

0.00

2013

2014

2015

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

23

Strategic report 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Principal	risks	and	uncertainties

Managing our risk

Ashtead	has	a	rigorous	risk	management	framework	designed	to	identify	and	assess	the	likelihood	
and	consequences	of	risk	and	to	manage	the	actions	necessary	to	mitigate	their	impact.	

Our risk identification processes seek to identify risks from both a top-down strategic perspective and a bottom-up business 
perspective. The Board has overall responsibility for risk management, setting of risk appetite and implementation of the risk 
management policy. The overall assessment of risk is detailed in the Group Risk Register, which is maintained by the Group Risk 
Committee. The Group Risk Register is based on detailed risk registers maintained by Sunbelt and A-Plant, which are reviewed and 
monitored through local risk committees. The Group Risk Committee meets twice a year and reviews the results of the local risk 
committee assessments. It produces an annual report and updated Group Risk Register which is reviewed by the Audit Committee to 
assess whether the appropriate risks have been identified and to ensure adequate assurance is obtained over those risks and then it  
is presented formally to the Board for discussion, approval and, if appropriate, re-rating of risks. Our risk appetite is reflected in our 
rating of risks and ensures the appropriate focus is placed on the correct risks. Further detail on our risk management framework  
and priorities during the year is provided on page 33. Set out below are the principal business risks that impact the Group and 
information on how we mitigate them. Our risk profile evolves as we move through the economic cycle and commentary on how  
risks have changed is included below.

Increased risk

Constant risk

Decreased risk

> See page 16 for our strategic priorities.

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

Potential impact
In the longer term, there is a link between demand for our services and 
levels of economic activity. The construction industry, which affects our 
business, is cyclical and typically lags the general economic cycle by 
between 12 and 24 months.

Mitigation
•  Prudent management through the different phases of the cycle.
•  Flexibility in the business model.
•  Capital structure and debt facilities arranged in recognition of the 
cyclical nature of our market and able to withstand market shocks.

Change
Our performance is currently ahead of 
the economic cycle and we therefore 
expect to see further upside as the 
economic recovery continues. However, 
our longer-term planning is focused on 
the next downturn to ensure we have the 
financial firepower at the bottom of the 
cycle to achieve the next ‘step change’  
in business performance.

Strategic priority

COMPETITION

Potential impact
The already competitive market could become even more competitive 
and we could suffer increased competition from large national 
competitors or small companies operating at a local level resulting  
in reduced market share and lower revenue.

Mitigation
•  Create commercial advantage by providing the highest level of service, 

consistently and at a price which offers value.

•  Differentiation of service.
•  Excel in the areas that provide barriers to entry to newcomers: 

industry-leading IT, experienced personnel and a broad network and 
equipment fleet.

•  Regularly estimate and monitor our market share and track the 

performance of our competitors.

FINANCING

Strategic priority

Change
Our competitive position continues to 
improve. We are growing faster than 
most of our larger competitors and the 
market, and continue to take market 
share from our smaller, less well 
financed competitors. We have 
increased our market share to 7%  
in the US and it is 6% in the UK.

Potential impact
Debt facilities are only ever committed for a finite period of time and  
we need to plan to renew our facilities before they mature and guard 
against default. Our loan agreements also contain conditions (known  
as covenants) with which we must comply.

Change
At 30 April 2015, our facilities were 
committed for an average of six years, 
leverage remained at 1.8 times and 
availability under the ABL was $756m.

Strategic priority

Mitigation
•  Maintain conservative (below two times) net debt to EBITDA leverage 

which helps minimise our refinancing risk.

•  Maintain long debt maturities.
•  Use of an asset-based senior facility means none of our debt contains 

quarterly financial covenants when availability under the facility 
exceeds $200m.

24 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

BUSINESS CONTINUITY

Potential impact
We are heavily dependent on technology for the smooth running of our 
business given the large number of both units of equipment we rent  
and our customers. A serious uncured failure in our point of sale IT 
platforms would have an immediate impact, rendering us unable to 
record and track our high volume, low transaction value operations.

Mitigation
•  Robust and well-protected data centres with multiple data links  

to protect against the risk of failure.

•  Detailed business recovery plans which are tested periodically.
•  Separate near-live back-up data centres which are designed to be  

able to provide the necessary services in the event of a failure at the 
primary site.

PEOPLE

Potential impact
Retaining and attracting good people is key to delivering superior 
performance and customer service.

Excessive staff turnover is likely to impact on our ability to maintain the 
appropriate quality of service to our customers and would ultimately 
impact our financial performance adversely. 

Mitigation
•  Provide well-structured and competitive reward and benefit packages 
that ensure our ability to attract and retain the employees we need.

•  Ensure that our staff have the right working environment and 

equipment to enable them to do the best job possible and maximise 
their satisfaction at work.

•  Invest in training and career development opportunities for our people 

to support them in their careers.

HEALTH AND SAFETY

Potential impact
We need to comply with laws and regulations governing occupational 
health and safety matters. Furthermore, accidents could happen which 
might result in injury to an individual, claims against the Group and 
damage to our reputation.

Mitigation
•  Maintain appropriate health and safety policies and procedures 
regarding the need to comply with laws and regulations and to 
reasonably guard our employees against the risk of injury.

•  Induction and training programmes reinforce health and safety 

policies.

•  Programmes to support our customers exercising their responsibility 

to their own workforces when using our equipment.

•  Maintain appropriate insurance coverage. Further details are provided 

on page 28.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Potential impact
We need to comply with the numerous laws governing environmental 
protection matters. These laws regulate such issues as wastewater, 
stormwater, solid and hazardous wastes and materials, and air  
quality. Breaches potentially create hazards to our employees and  
the environment, damage to our reputation and expose the Group  
to, amongst other things, the cost of investigating and remediating 
contamination and also fines and penalties for non-compliance.

Mitigation
•  Policies and procedures in place at all our stores regarding the need 

to adhere to local laws and regulations.

•  Procurement policies reflect the need for the latest available 
emissions management and fuel efficiency tools in our fleet.

•  Monitoring and reporting of carbon emissions.

Change
Our business continuity plans were 
reviewed and updated during the year 
and our disaster recovery plans  
were tested.

Strategic priority

Strategic priority

Change
Our compensation and incentive 
programmes have continued to evolve  
to reflect market conditions and the 
economic environment. 

Staff turnover has increased during the 
year as our well-trained, knowledgeable 
staff have become targets for our 
competitors.

We continue to invest in training and 
career development with nearly 300 
courses offered across both businesses.

Strategic priority

Change
The overall incident rate continued  
to decrease in Sunbelt and A-Plant.  
In terms of reportable incidents, the 
RIDDOR reportable rate was unchanged 
at 0.45 (2014: 0.45) in Sunbelt but 
increased to 0.55 in A-Plant (2014: 0.52).

Strategic priority

Change
We continue to seek to reduce the 
environmental impact of our business 
and invest in technology to reduce  
the environmental impact on our 
customers’ businesses. In 2014/15 we 
reduced our carbon emission intensity 
ratio to 111 (2014: 121) in Sunbelt and  
97 (2014: 103) in A-Plant. Further detail 
is provided on page 41.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

25

Strategic report Financial	review

Our financial performance

The	year	was	one	of	strong	performance	by	Sunbelt	and	A-Plant.

TRADING

Sunbelt in $m

Sunbelt in £m
A-Plant
Group central costs

Net financing costs
Profit before exceptionals, amortisation and tax
Exceptional items
Amortisation
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

Margins
Sunbelt
A-Plant
Group

2015
2,742.3

1,715.9
323.0
–
2,038.9

Revenue

2014
2,188.5

1,366.2
268.5
–
1,634.7

2015
1,293.2

809.2
109.5
(10.3)
908.4

EBITDA

2014
987.6

616.5
78.6
(10.0)
685.1

Operating profit

2015
832.6

520.9
46.3
(10.3)
556.9
(67.3)
489.6
–
(15.8)
473.8
(170.4)
303.4

2014
631.1

394.0
25.2
(10.0)
409.2
(47.1)
362.1
4.2
(9.8)
356.5
(125.3)
231.2

47.2%
33.9%
44.6%

45.1%
29.3%
41.9%

30.4%
14.3%
27.3%

28.8%
9.4%
25.0%

Group revenue for the year increased 25% to £2,039m (2014: £1,635m) 
with strong growth in both Sunbelt and A-Plant. This revenue growth, 
combined with ongoing operational efficiency, generated record 
underlying profit before tax of £490m (2014: £362m). 

The Group’s growth is driven by strong same-store growth 
supplemented by greenfield openings and bolt-on acquisitions. In the 
US this growth is across a range of market sectors. The dynamics  
of same-store growth and that through greenfields and bolt-ons are 
different, which is impacting a number of Sunbelt’s metrics in the 
short term. To aid the understanding of our performance, we have 
analysed Sunbelt’s year-on-year revenue growth as follows:

Total rental only revenue growth of 27% can be broken down to a  
24% increase in fleet on rent and a net 2% improvement in yield.  
The improved yield reflects the combination of good rate growth,  
the drag of greenfield and bolt-on activity as we capitalise on market 
opportunities and the negative impact of mix. Average physical 
utilisation for the year was 70% (2014: 71%).

A-Plant continues to perform well as it executes on its strategy to 
broaden its markets and delivered rental only revenue of £238m,  
up 21% on the prior year (2014: £197m). This reflects 13% more fleet 
on rent and a 7% improvement in yield. Yield has benefitted from an 
improved pricing environment and the diversification of the product 
line. Total rental revenue increased 19% to £289m (2014: £244m).

2014 rental only revenue
Same-stores (in existence at 1 May 2013)
Bolt-ons and greenfields since 1 May 2013
2015 rental only revenue
Ancillary revenue
2015 rental revenue
Sales revenue
2015 total revenue

17%
10%
27%
22%
25%

$m
1,530
247
158
1,935
540
2,475
267
2,742

Sunbelt’s strong revenue growth and focus on operational efficiency  
is driving improving margins resulting in an EBITDA margin of 47% 
(2014: 45%) as 58% of revenue growth dropped through to EBITDA. 
Drop-through reflects the drag effect of greenfield openings and 
acquisitions. Stores open for more than one year saw 67% of revenue 
growth drop through to EBITDA. This contributed to an operating 
profit up 32% at $833m (2014: $631m). A-Plant’s EBITDA margin 
improved to 34% (2014: 29%) and operating profit rose to £46m  
(2014: £25m), with drop-through of 56%. As a result, Group underlying 
operating profit increased 36% to £557m (2014: £409m).

We continue to capitalise on the opportunity presented by our markets 
which were up c.7% last year and are forecast to grow around  
8% this year. Our same-store growth of 17% demonstrates that we 
continue to take market share as we grow at more than double the 
market rate. In addition, bolt-ons and greenfields have contributed 
another 10% growth as we execute our long-term structural growth 
strategy of expanding our geographic footprint and our specialty 
businesses. Our specialty businesses accounted for 25% of Sunbelt’s 
revenue in 2014/15.

Net financing costs increased to £67m (2014: £47m), reflecting the 
higher average debt during the period and the higher cost of the 
additional $400m of senior secured notes issued in December 2013 
and the $500m senior secured notes issued in September 2014.

Group profit before amortisation of intangibles and taxation was 
£490m (2014: £362m). After a tax charge of 36% (2014: 36%) of the 
underlying pre-tax profit, underlying earnings per share increased 
34% to 62.6p (2014: 46.6p). Following the introduction of accelerated 
tax depreciation by the US government for 2014, we do not become  

26 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

01

Sunbelt in $m

Sunbelt in £m
A-Plant
Total rental equipment
Delivery vehicles, property improvements and IT equipment
Total additions

a significant cash tax payer in the US until 2015/16. As a result,  
the cash tax charge for the year was 4%.

Statutory profit before tax was £474m (2014: £357m) and basic 
earnings per share were 60.5p (2014: 46.1p).

Return on investment
Sunbelt’s pre-tax return on investment (excluding goodwill and 
intangible assets) in the 12 months to 30 April 2015 was 26% 
(2014: 26%), well ahead of the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost 
of capital. In the UK, return on investment (excluding goodwill and 
intangible assets) improved to 13% (2014: 9%) which is now ahead  
of the Group’s cost of capital. For the Group as a whole, returns 
(including goodwill and intangible assets) are 19% (2014: 19%).

Dividends
In accordance with our progressive dividend policy, with consideration 
to both profitability and cash generation at a level that is sustainable 
across the cycle, the Board is recommending a final dividend of  
12.25p per share (2014: 9.25p) making 15.25p for the year (2014: 11.5p). 
If approved at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, the final 
dividend will be paid on 4 September 2015 to shareholders on the 
register on 14 August 2015.

Current trading and outlook
Our strong performance continued in May. Our markets continue  
to provide both structural and cyclical opportunity. The business 
model established over recent years has a track record of exploiting 
these opportunities and we are supported by a strong balance  
sheet. Therefore, the Board looks forward to the medium term  
with confidence.

BALANCE SHEET
Fixed assets
Capital expenditure in the year totalled £1,063m (2014: £741m) with 
£979m invested in the rental fleet (2014: £657m). Expenditure on 
rental equipment was 92% of total capital expenditure with the 
balance relating to the delivery vehicle fleet, property improvements 
and IT equipment. Capital expenditure by division is shown in  
table 1 above.

In a strong US rental market, $874m of rental equipment capital 
expenditure was spent on growth while $395m was invested in 
replacement of existing fleet. The growth proportion is estimated  
on the basis of the assumption that replacement capital expenditure 
in any period is equal to the original cost of equipment sold.

Replacement
394.7

256.9
46.2
303.1

Growth
873.7

568.4
107.6
676.0

2015

Total
1,268.4

825.3
153.8
979.1
84.0
1,063.1

2014

Total
963.4

570.5
86.5
657.0
83.6
740.6

The average age of the Group’s serialised rental equipment, which 
constitutes the substantial majority of our fleet, at 30 April 2015 was 
26 months (2014: 28 months) on a net book value basis. Sunbelt’s fleet 
had an average age of 26 months (2014: 27 months) while A-Plant’s 
fleet had an average age of 29 months (2014: 37 months).

Our current expectation for 2015/16 is that the percentage growth  
in our rental fleet will be in the mid teens with capital expenditure 
around £1bn. This level of expenditure is consistent with our strategy 
at this stage in the cycle of investing in organic growth, opening 
greenfield sites and continuing to reduce our leverage. As always,  
our capital expenditure plans remain flexible depending on market 
conditions and we will adjust our plans appropriately during the 
course of the year.

The original cost of the Group’s rental fleet and the dollar and physical 
utilisation for the year ended 30 April 2015 are shown below in table 2.

Dollar utilisation is defined as rental revenue divided by average fleet 
at original (or ‘first’) cost and, measured over the last 12 months to 
30 April 2015, was 59% at Sunbelt (2014: 61%) and 56% at A-Plant 
(2014: 56%). Physical utilisation is time-based utilisation, which is 
calculated as the daily average of the original cost of equipment on 
rent as a percentage of the total value of equipment in the fleet at the 
measurement date. Measured over the last 12 months to 30 April 
2015, average physical utilisation at Sunbelt was 70% (2014: 71%)  
and 70% at A-Plant (2014: 72%). At Sunbelt, physical utilisation is 
measured for equipment with an original cost in excess of $7,500 
which comprised approximately 87% of its fleet at 30 April 2015.

Trade receivables
Receivable days at 30 April were 50 days (2014: 47 days). The bad  
debt charge for the year ended 30 April 2015 as a percentage of total 
turnover was 0.6% (2014: 0.6%). Trade receivables at 30 April 2015 of 
£326m (2014: £221m) are stated net of allowances for bad debts and 
credit notes of £21m (2014: £16m) with the allowance representing 
6.1% (2014: 6.8%) of gross receivables.

Trade and other payables
Group payable days were 72 days in 2015 (2014: 63 days) with capital 
expenditure-related payables, which have longer payment terms, 
totalling £261m (2014: £152m). Payment periods for purchases other 
than rental equipment vary between seven and 60 days and for rental 
equipment between 30 and 120 days.

02

Sunbelt in $m

Sunbelt in £m
A-Plant

Rental fleet at original cost

30 April 2015
4,733

30 April 2014
3,596

LTM average
4,183

LTM rental
revenue
2,475

LTM dollar
 utilisation
59%

LTM physical
utilisation
70%

3,079
559
3,638

2,130
446
2,576

2,722
513
3,235

1,549
289
1,838

59%
56%

70%
70%

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

27

Strategic report Financial	review	continued

Our financial performance continued

19%

Strong return  
on investment. 

Provisions
Provisions of £50m (2014: £35m) relate to the provision for self-insured 
retained risk under the Group’s self-insurance policies, provisions  
for vacant property as well as acquisition-related contingent 
consideration. The Group’s business exposes it to the risk of claims 
for personal injury, death or property damage resulting from the use 
of the equipment it rents and from injuries caused in motor vehicle 
accidents in which its vehicles are involved. The Group carries 
insurance covering a wide range of potential claims at levels  
it believes are sufficient to cover existing and future claims.

The Group’s defined benefit pension plan was, measured in 
accordance with the accounting standard IAS 19, Employee Benefits, 
£3m in surplus at 30 April 2015 (2014: £6m). Overall, there was a  
net actuarial loss of £3m in the year which was recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income. There was a loss of £10m as  
a result of a change in financial assumptions, principally due to the 
lower discount rate resulting in a higher value for the plan liabilities 
which was partially offset by lower assumed inflation. This loss was 
partially offset by the return on plan assets exceeding the assumed 
return by £6m and there was an experience gain on liabilities of £1m.

Our US liability insurance programmes provide that we can recover 
our liability related to each and every valid claim in excess of an 
agreed excess amount of $750,000 in relation to general liability 
claims and $1m for workers’ compensation and motor vehicle claims. 
Prior to September 2012, excess amounts ranged from $500,000 to 
$2m. In the UK our self-insured excess per claim is much lower than 
in the US and is typically £50,000 per claim. Our liability insurance 
coverage is limited to a maximum of £150m.

Pensions
The Group operates a number of pension plans for the benefit of 
employees, for which the overall charge included in the financial 
statements was £8m (2014: £7m). Amongst these, the Group has one 
defined benefit pension plan which covers approximately 90 remaining 
active employees in the UK and which was closed to new members  
in 2001. All our other pension plans are defined contribution plans.

The next triennial review of the plan’s funding position by the trustees 
and the actuary is due as at 30 April 2016. The April 2013 valuation, 
which was completed in December 2013, showed a small surplus  
of £5m.

Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to periodic legal claims in the ordinary course  
of its business, none of which is expected to have a material impact  
on the Group’s financial position.

03

EBITDA before exceptional items

Cash inflow from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment 
Cash conversion ratio*

Replacement rental capital expenditure
Payments for non-rental capital expenditure
Rental equipment disposal proceeds
Other property, plant and equipment disposal proceeds
Tax paid (net)
Financing costs paid (net)
Cash inflow before growth capex and payment of exceptional costs
Growth rental capital expenditure
Exceptional operating costs paid
Total cash used in operations
Acquisition of businesses
Total cash absorbed
Dividends paid
Purchase of own shares by the ESOT
Increase in net debt

*  Cash inflow from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment as a percentage of EBITDA before exceptional items.

28 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Year to 30 April

2015
£m
908.4

841.4
92.6%

(270.6)
(78.7)
95.4
7.5
(32.0)
(63.4)
499.6
(587.5)
(0.5)
(88.4)
(241.5)
(329.9)
(61.4)
(20.3)
(411.6)

2014
£m
685.1

645.5
94.2%

(249.6)
(85.3)
90.4
11.5
(14.9)
(40.5)
357.1
(405.6)
(2.2)
(50.7)
(103.3)
(154.0)
(41.3)
(22.4)
(217.7)

CASH FLOW
Cash inflow from operations before payment of exceptional costs  
and the net investment in the rental fleet increased by 30% to £841m. 
Reflecting a higher level of working capital due to higher activity 
levels, the cash conversion ratio for the year was 93% (2014: 94%).

Total payments for capital expenditure (rental equipment and other 
PPE) during the year were £937m (2014: £741m). Disposal proceeds 
received totalled £103m, giving net payments for capital expenditure 
of £834m in the year (2014: £639m). Financing costs paid totalled 
£63m (2014: £40m) while tax payments were £32m (2014: £15m).  
The increased tax payments reflected our expectation that brought 
forward tax losses would be utilised during the year. However, 
following the introduction of accelerated tax depreciation by the US 
government for 2014, these tax losses will not be utilised fully until 
2015/16. Thus, the amounts related to US tax paid during 2014/15  
will be reclaimed. Financing costs paid differ from the charge in the 
income statement due to the timing of interest payments in the year 
and non-cash interest charges.

The Group generated £500m (2014: £357m) of net cash before 
discretionary investments made to enlarge the size and hence  
earning capacity of its rental fleet and on acquisitions. After growth 
investment, payment of exceptional costs (closed property costs) and 
acquisitions, there was a net cash outflow of £330m (2014: £154m).

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Group’s capital structure is kept under regular review. Our 
operations are financed by a combination of debt and equity. We seek 
to minimise the cost of capital while recognising the constraints of the 
debt and equity markets. At 30 April 2015 our average cost of capital 
was approximately 11%.

The Group targets leverage of below two times net debt to EBITDA 
over the economic cycle.

In considering returns to equity holders, the Board aims to provide  
a progressive dividend, with consideration to both profitability and 
cash generation at a level that is sustainable across the cycle. 

05

First priority senior secured bank debt
Finance lease obligations
6.5% second priority senior secured notes, due 2022
5.625% second priority senior secured notes, due 2024

Cash and cash equivalents 
Total net debt

Net debt
Chart 4 below shows how, measured at constant April 2015  
exchange rates for comparability, our net debt has changed over  
the cycle. From a prior cycle peak in 2008, we reduced our debt 
significantly, paying-off around one-third of it as we significantly 
lowered our capital expenditure, taking advantage of our young 
average fleet age, and generated significant cash flow. Since 2010,  
we have stepped up our capital expenditure as rental markets 
improved. As a result, net debt has increased in absolute terms over 
the period principally due to acquisitions and dividends with free cash 
flow being broadly sufficient to fund substantially all the increased 
capital expenditure. However, importantly, except for a rise during  
the recession, net debt to EBITDA leverage has been on a downward 
trend since the NationsRent acquisition in August 2006. 

04

2,000

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

4.5

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

Oct
06

Apr
07

Apr
08

Apr
09

Apr
10

Apr
11

Apr
12

Apr
13

Apr
14

Apr
15

	 Net	debt	

	 Leverage	(x)

In greater detail, closing net debt at 30 April 2015 is shown in  
table 5 below.

The Group has arranged its financing such that, at 30 April 2015, 96% 
of its debt was denominated in US dollars so that there is a natural 
partial offset between its dollar-denominated net assets and earnings 
and its dollar-denominated debt and interest expense.

Net debt at 30 April 2015 was £1,687m with the increase since 30 April 
2014 reflecting principally the net cash outflow of £412m (2014: £218m) 
and exchange rate fluctuations. The Group’s EBITDA for the year 
ended 30 April 2015 was £908m and the ratio of net debt to EBITDA 
was therefore 1.8 times at 30 April 2015 (2014: 1.8 times) on a constant 
currency basis and 1.9 times (2014: 1.7 times) on a reported basis.

2015
£m
782.7
5.3
589.8
319.8
1,697.6
(10.5)
1,687.1

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

2014
£m
609.5
4.6
537.3
–
1,151.4
(2.8)
1,148.6

29

Strategic report 	
Financial	review	continued

Our financial performance continued

Our debt package is well structured for our business across the 
economic cycle. We retain substantial headroom on facilities which 
are committed for the long term, with an average of six years 
remaining at 30 April 2015. The weighted average interest cost of 
these facilities (including non-cash amortisation of deferred debt 
raising costs) is approximately 5%.

The senior secured bank debt and the senior secured notes are 
secured by way of, respectively, first and second priority fixed  
and floating charges over substantially all the Group’s property,  
plant and equipment, inventory and trade receivables.

Debt facilities
The Group’s principal debt facilities are discussed below.

First priority senior secured credit facility
At 30 April 2015, $2.0bn was committed by our senior lenders under 
the asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility (‘ABL facility’) 
until August 2018 while the amount utilised was $1,251m (including 
letters of credit totalling $33m). The ABL facility is secured by a first 
priority interest in substantially all of the Group’s assets. Pricing for 
the revolving credit facility is based on the ratio of funded debt to 
EBITDA before exceptional items according to a grid which varies, 
depending on leverage, from LIBOR plus 175bp to LIBOR plus 225bp. 
At 30 April 2015 the Group’s borrowing rate was LIBOR plus 175bp.

There are two financial performance covenants under the asset-
based first priority senior bank facility:

•  funded debt to LTM (last 12 months) EBITDA before exceptional 

items not to exceed 4.0 times; and

•  a fixed charge ratio (comprising LTM EBITDA before exceptional 

items less LTM net capital expenditure paid in cash over the sum of 
scheduled debt repayments plus cash interest, cash tax payments 
and dividends paid in the last 12 months) which must be equal to  
or greater than 1.0 times.

These covenants do not, however, apply when excess availability (the 
difference between the borrowing base and facility utilisation) exceeds 
$200m. At 30 April 2015 excess availability under the bank facility  
was $756m ($916m at 30 April 2014), with an additional $1,741m of 
suppressed availability meaning that covenants were not measured at 
30 April 2015 and are unlikely to be measured in forthcoming quarters.

As a matter of good practice, we calculate the covenant ratios each 
quarter. At 30 April 2015, as a result of the continued significant 
investment in our rental fleet, the fixed charge ratio, as expected, did 
not meet the covenant requirement whilst the leverage ratio did so 
comfortably. The fact the fixed charge ratio is below 1.0 times does not 
cause concern given the strong availability and management’s ability 
to flex capital expenditure downwards at short notice. Accordingly,  
the accounts are prepared on a going concern basis.

6.5% second priority senior secured notes due 2022 having  
a nominal value of $900m and 5.625% second priority senior  
secured notes due 2024 having a nominal value of $500m
At 30 April 2015 the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary 
Ashtead Capital, Inc., had outstanding two series of second priority 
senior secured notes with nominal values of $900m and $500m. The 
$900m of notes carry an interest rate of 6.5% and are due on 15 July 
2022 while the $500m of notes carry an interest rate of 5.625% and  
are due on 1 October 2024. The notes are secured by second priority 
interests over substantially the same assets as the ABL facility and  
are also guaranteed by Ashtead Group plc.

Under the terms of the 6.5% and 5.625% notes the Group is, subject to 
important exceptions, restricted in its ability to incur additional debt, 
pay dividends, make investments, sell assets, enter into sale and 
leaseback transactions and merge or consolidate with another company. 
Financial performance covenants under the 6.5% and 5.625% senior 
secured note issue are only measured at the time new debt is raised.

Minimum contracted debt commitments
Table 6 below summarises the maturity of the Group’s debt and also 
shows the minimum annual commitments under off balance sheet 
operating leases at 30 April 2015 by year of expiry.

Operating leases relate to the Group’s properties.

Except for the off balance sheet operating leases described above, 
£21m ($33m) of standby letters of credit issued at 30 April 2015 under 
the first priority senior debt facility relating to the Group’s insurance 
programmes, the guarantee to the Ashtead Group plc Retirement 
Benefits plan (equivalent to £23m based on the 30 April 2013 actuarial 
valuation) and £3m of performance bonds granted by Sunbelt, we have 
no material commitments that we could be obligated to pay in the 
future which are not included in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

06

Bank and other debt 
Finance leases 
6.5% senior secured notes
5.625% senior secured notes

Deferred costs of raising finance
Cash at bank and in hand
Net debt
Operating leases* 
Total

2016
£m
–
2.0
 –
 –
2.0
–
(10.5)
(8.5)
45.0
36.5

2017
£m
–
1.8
 –
 –
1.8
–
 –
1.8
39.1
40.9

2018
£m
–
1.1
 –
 –
1.1
–
 –
1.1
33.8
34.9

2019
£m
788.4
0.4
 –
 –
788.8
(5.7)
 –
783.1
27.5
810.6

Payments due by year ended 30 April

2020
£m
–
–
 –
 –
–
–
 –
–
19.6
19.6

Thereafter
£m
–
–
599.3
325.4
924.7
(15.1)
 –
909.6
61.4
971.0

Total
£m
788.4
5.3
599.3
325.4
1,718.4
(20.8)
(10.5)
1,687.1
226.4
1,913.5

*  Represents the minimum payments to which we were committed under operating leases.

30 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Currency translation and interest rate exposure
Our reporting currency is the pound sterling, the functional currency 
of the parent company. However, the majority of our assets, liabilities, 
revenue and costs are denominated in US dollars. Fluctuations in the 
value of the US dollar with respect to the pound sterling have had, and 
may continue to have, a significant impact on our financial condition 
and results of operations as reported in pounds.

We have arranged our financing so that 96% of our debt was 
denominated in US dollars at 30 April 2015. At that date, dollar-
denominated debt represented approximately 68% of the value of 
dollar-denominated net assets (other than debt) providing a partial, 
but substantial, hedge against the translation effects of changes in  
the dollar exchange rate.

The dollar interest payable on this debt also limits the impact of 
changes in the dollar exchange rate on our pre-tax profits and 
earnings. Based on the current currency mix of our profits and on 
current dollar debt levels, interest rates and exchange rates at 
30 April 2015, a 1% change in the US dollar exchange rate would 
impact pre-tax profit by £5m.

Revenue
Our revenue is a function of our rental rates and the size, utilisation 
and mix of our equipment rental fleet. The rates we charge are 
affected in large measure by utilisation and the relative attractiveness 
of our rental equipment, while utilisation is determined by fleet size, 
market size and our market share, as well as general economic 
conditions. Utilisation is time-based utilisation which is calculated  
as the daily average of the original cost of equipment on rent as  
a percentage of the total value of equipment in the fleet at the 
measurement date. In the US, we measure time utilisation on those 
items in our fleet with an original cost of $7,500 or more which 
constituted 87% of our US serialised rental equipment at 30 April 
2015. In the UK, time utilisation is measured for all our serialised 
rental equipment. The size, mix and relative attractiveness of our 
rental equipment fleet is affected significantly by the level of our 
capital expenditure.

The main components of our revenue are: 

•  revenue from equipment rentals, including related revenue such as 
the fees we charge for equipment delivery, erection and dismantling 
services for our scaffolding rentals, fuel provided with the 
equipment we rent to customers and loss damage waiver and 
environmental fees;

•  revenue from sales of new merchandise, including sales of parts 

and revenue from a limited number of sales of new equipment; and

•  revenue from the sale of used rental equipment.

Costs
The main components of our underlying total costs are: 

•  staff costs – staff costs at our stores as well as at our central 

support offices represent the largest single component of our total 
costs. Staff costs consist of salaries, profit share and bonuses, 
social security costs, and other pension costs, and comprised  
33% of our total operating costs in the year ended 30 April 2015;
•  used rental equipment sold which comprises the net book value of 

the used equipment sold in the year as it was stated in our accounts 
immediately prior to the time at which it was sold and any direct 
costs of disposal, comprised 6% of our total operating costs in the 
year ended 30 April 2015;

•  other operating costs – comprised 37% of total operating costs  

in the year ended 30 April 2015. These costs include:

 − spare parts, consumables and outside repair costs – costs 

incurred for the purchase of spare parts used by our workshop 
staff to maintain and repair our rental equipment as well as 
outside repair costs;

 − facilities costs – rental payments on leased facilities as well as 
utility costs and local property taxes relating to these facilities;
 − vehicle costs – costs incurred for the maintenance and operation 
of our vehicle fleet, which consists of our delivery trucks, the light 
commercial vehicles used by our mobile workshop staff and cars 
used by our sales force, store managers and other management 
staff; and

 − other costs – all other costs incurred in operating our business, 
including the costs of new equipment and merchandise sold, 
advertising costs and bad debt expense.

•  depreciation – the depreciation of our property, plant and 

equipment, including rental equipment, comprised 24% of total 
costs in the year ended 30 April 2015.

A large proportion of our costs are fixed in the short to medium term, 
and material adjustments in the size of our cost base typically result 
only from openings or closures of one or more of our stores. 
Accordingly, our business model is such that small increases or 
reductions in our revenue can result in little or no change in our costs 
and often therefore have a disproportionate impact on our profits.  
We refer to this feature of our business as ‘operational leverage’.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

31

Strategic report Financial	review	continued

Our financial performance continued

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
We prepare and present our financial statements in accordance with 
applicable International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’). In 
applying many accounting principles, we need to make assumptions, 
estimates and judgements. These assumptions, estimates and 
judgements are often subjective and may be affected by changing 
circumstances or changes in our analysis. Changes in these 
assumptions, estimates and judgements have the potential to 
materially affect our results. We have identified below those of  
our accounting policies that we believe would most likely produce 
materially different results were we to change underlying 
assumptions, estimates and judgements. These policies have been 
applied consistently.

Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the total amount receivable for the provision  
of goods and services including the sale of used rental plant and 
equipment to customers net of returns and VAT/sales tax. Rental 
revenue, including loss damage waiver and environmental fees,  
is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the rental 
contract. Because a rental contract can extend across financial 
reporting period ends, the Group records accrued revenue (unbilled 
rental revenue) and deferred revenue at the beginning and end of each 
reporting period so that rental revenue is appropriately stated in the 
financial statements.

Revenue from rental equipment delivery and collection is recognised 
when delivery or collection has occurred and is reported as  
rental revenue.

Revenue from the sale of rental equipment, new equipment, parts and 
supplies, retail merchandise and fuel is recognised at the time of 
delivery to, or collection by, the customer and when all obligations 
under the sale contract have been fulfilled.

Revenue from the sale of rental equipment in connection with trade-in 
arrangements with certain manufacturers from whom the Group 
purchases new equipment is accounted for at the lower of transaction 
value or fair value based on independent appraisals. If the trade-in 
price of a unit of equipment exceeds the fair market value of that unit, 
the excess is accounted for as a reduction of the cost of the related 
purchase of new rental equipment.

Property, plant and equipment
We record expenditure for property, plant and equipment at cost.  
We depreciate equipment using the straight-line method over its 
estimated useful economic life (which ranges from three to 20 years 
with a weighted average life of eight years). We use an estimated 
residual value of 10–15% of cost in respect of most types of our rental 
equipment, although the range of residual values used varies between 
zero and 30%. We establish our estimates of useful life and residual 
value with the objective of allocating most appropriately the cost of 
property, plant and equipment to our income statement, over the 
period we anticipate it will be used in our business. Useful lives and 
residual values are reassessed annually, recognising the cyclical 
nature of our business.

We may need to change these estimates if experience shows that the 
current estimates are not achieving this objective. If these estimates 
change in the future, we may then need to recognise increased or 
decreased depreciation expense. Our total depreciation expense  
in the year ended 30 April 2015 was £351m.

32 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Impairment of assets
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment at 
30 April. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation  
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised in the income 
statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there 
are separately identifiable and independent cash flows for the asset 
being tested for impairment. In the case of goodwill, impairment is 
assessed at the level of the Group’s cash-generating units. For this 
purpose they are considered to be the specialty Pump & Power, 
Climate Control and Scaffolding businesses and the remaining 
general equipment business in the US and the specialty Eve, PSS 
(trenchless technology and fusion) and FLG (lifting) businesses and 
the remaining general equipment business in the UK. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and 
value in use.

Management necessarily applies its judgement in estimating the 
timing and value of underlying cash flows within the value in use 
calculation as well as determining the appropriate discount rate. 
Subsequent changes to the magnitude and timing of cash flows could 
impact the carrying value of the respective assets.

Business combinations
We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. 
The assets and liabilities of the acquiree that exist as at the date of 
acquisition are identified and measured at fair value. Intangible assets 
are recognised if they are identifiable. Assets or disposal groups held 
for sale at the acquisition date are measured at fair value less costs  
to sell.

Income taxes are recognised and measured in accordance with 
applicable accounting standards including the potential tax effects of 
the temporary differences and carry-forwards of the acquiree that 
exist at the acquisition date or as a result of the business combination.

Goodwill represents the difference between the fair value of the 
consideration for the acquisition and the fair value of the net 
identifiable assets acquired, including any intangible assets other 
than goodwill. Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses and is allocated to each of the Group’s 
cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies  
of the combination.

Consideration is the fair value at the acquisition date of the assets 
transferred and liabilities incurred in acquiring the business and 
includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement. 
Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration due to events 
post the date of acquisition are recognised in the income statement.

Responsible	business	report

This is how we work

Being a responsible business is a crucial part of who  
we are and how we work at Ashtead. It means we seek, 
through our sustainable business model, to improve the 
lives of our customers, employees, investors and the 
communities where we live and work. 

Being responsible builds the trust on which our business depends. 
Our customers trust us to deliver the equipment they need, on time, 
safe and ready to use. Our employees trust us to keep them safe and 
reward them well for their efforts. Investors trust us to deliver the 
returns we have promised into the long term. So being responsible  
is fundamental to who we are.

Below are the responsible business elements that we judge to be the 
most material to our business and which we discuss in detail here. We 
assess why each matters, how we have performed and our objectives.

ENSURING ASHTEAD REMAINS  
A RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
The obligation for ensuring Ashtead remains a responsible business 
rests with the Group’s board of directors. It is assisted in this function 
by the Group Risk Committee which is chaired by Suzanne Wood,  
our finance director. Other members of the Committee are:

•  the heads of Sunbelt’s and A-Plant’s risk, environmental and  

safety teams;

•  UK and US counsel;
•  the heads of Sunbelt’s and A-Plant’s performance standards 

(internal operational audit) teams; and

•  the Sunbelt board member to whom the risk, environmental  

and safety teams report.

The Group Risk Committee provides the Audit Committee, and 
through them the Board, with a comprehensive annual report on  
its activities including new legislative requirements, details of areas 
identified in the year as requiring improvement, and the status of 
actions being taken to make those improvements. It also facilitates 
the coordination of the environmental, health, safety and risk 
management activities of Sunbelt and A-Plant so that best practice 
and new initiatives in one business can be shared with, and adopted 
by, the other.

Our commitment to the highest ethical standards means that the 
Group Risk Committee also works to ensure these continue to be 
communicated and upheld throughout the business. Our group-wide 
ethics and entertainment policies are communicated directly to 
employees through dedicated communication and training 
programmes. Whistle-blowing arrangements, in place in both the  
US and the UK, allow employees, in confidence, to raise concerns 
about any alleged improprieties they may encounter.

The Group Risk Committee’s priorities last year included:

•  assessment of the Group Risk Register;
•  prioritisation of business risks;
•  reduction in accident rates;
•  continued training on driving hour and vehicle fleet compliance;
•  health and safety training;
•  enhanced training capabilities;
•  continued evaluation of driver behavioural software tools;
•  refresher Competition Act and Bribery Act training;
•  updated business continuity plan;
•  disaster recovery plan testing;
•  performance standards audits; and
•  cybersecurity.

HEALTH AND 
SAFETY
Implementation
Monitoring
Training
Customers and staff

COMMUNITIES
Community investment
Helping out in emergencies

OUR PEOPLE
Recruitment
Career development  
and training
Reward and benefits
Diversity and equal 
opportunities

THE ENVIRONMENT
Resource efficiency
Control of hazardous 
substances
Mandatory greenhouse 
gas emissions reporting

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

33

Strategic report Responsible	business	report	continued

This is how we work continued

HEALTH AND SAFETY
Why it matters
Health and safety are fundamental to our business as we need to 
provide equipment that is safe to use and minimise the risks our 
people and our customers may encounter. A strong reputation for 
excellent health and safety is a significant competitive advantage  
for us. In addition, an ever-changing regulatory focus on safety and 
more stringent requirements for all operators, continues to assist  
our growth. It is easier and cheaper to outsource responsibility  
for equipment safety to us than for customers to worry about it 
themselves. As mentioned elsewhere, this has been an important 
factor in the shift to rental that has underpinned our growth in the  
US and reinforces our position in the UK. 

Our extensive health and safety programmes monitor, develop and 
maintain safe working practices while reminding our employees  
of the need to be safe at all times and look after their own health.  
Our continued improvement is accomplished through a combination  
of proactive safety and leadership training, enhanced safety 
programmes and timely incident response and investigation. We  
also help our customers ensure the safety of their own employees 
including providing safety training as required. In addition, we make  
a considerable annual investment in ensuring our rental equipment 
meets or exceeds the latest safety standards, as well as providing 
health and safety advice and materials along with each rental.

How we monitor performance
We monitor health and safety by the number of reported incidents  
that occur during our work. We track and analyse all incidents to 
enable us to identify recurrent issues and implement preventative 
improvements. The importance of health and safety is reflected in the 
fact that the number of reportable accidents is one of our group-wide 
KPIs (see page 23). Last year we saw continued improvement in our 
safety metrics. Sunbelt had 608 reported incidents in the US relative 
to a workforce of 8,401 (2014: 579 incidents relative to a workforce  
of 7,375), whilst A-Plant had 274 incidents relative to an average 
workforce of 2,593 (2014: 276 incidents relative to an average 
workforce of 2,370). For the purposes of our internal tracking, the 
term incident does not necessarily mean that an employee was hurt 
or injured. Rather it represents an event that we want to track and 
report for monitoring and learning purposes under our health and 
safety management policies.

Reportable accidents continue to be defined differently in the US  
and UK. Under the relevant definitions which generally encompass 
more accidents in the US than in the UK, Sunbelt had 179 OSHA 
(Occupational Safety and Health Administration) recordable accidents 
(2014: 163 accidents) which, relative to total employee hours worked, 
gave a Total Incident Rate of 1.59 (2014: 1.65). In the UK, A-Plant  
had 29 RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations) (2014: 25), reportable incidents which, 
relative to total employee hours worked, gave a RIDDOR reportable 
rate of 0.55 (2014: 0.52). In order to compare accident rates between 
the US and UK, Sunbelt also applied the RIDDOR definition to its 
accident population which gave a figure this year of 101 RIDDOR 
reportable accidents in the US and a RIDDOR reportable rate of 0.45. 
We remain committed to reducing these rates as much as possible.

01: GOAL FOR 2014/15 – BREAK THROUGH – INTERDEPENDENT STAGE

s
e
t
a
r
y
r
u
n

j

I

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

2013/14

CURRENT 
2014/15

INDIVIDUAL VALUES

APRIL 
2015

GROUP CULTURE

DEPENDENT  
SAFETY CULTURE
•  Management intent
•  Authority and fear
•  Rules and procedures
•  Emphasis on goals

REACTIVE 

INDEPENDENT  
SAFETY CULTURE
•  Management commitment
•  Personal value and caring
•  Safe practices and habits
•  Recognition of hazards

INTERDEPENDENT  
SAFETY CULTURE
•  Leadership vision
•  Open reporting culture
•  Teamwork and help others
•  Group accountability

PROACTIVE

34 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

	
Safety initiatives
At Sunbelt we are focused on moving our culture from a dependent 
safety culture to an interdependent safety culture. Chart 1 opposite 
shows what we mean by this and how being an interdependent  
safety culture means we are all responsible for safety including  
for one another. 

During this year Sunbelt ran the sixth instalment of ‘Safety Leadership 
Training’ to all field-level employees responsible for the management 
or supervision of others. Quarterly management reviews monitor the 
progress of our increased focus on pro-active safety excellence with 
the ultimate goal of ‘Zero Harm’.

With a fleet of over 3,000 commercial vehicles on the road in the US, 
for example, transportation safety remains our greatest exposure  
in terms of risk and potential for harm to our employees and the 
public. In response to this ongoing risk exposure, the Sunbelt risk 
management department continues to administer risk mitigation 
training to counter the most significant exposures. Training 
programmes such as PACE Behavioural Driving Training, Loading  
and Unloading Hazard Awareness, Driver Safety Observations,  
our ‘Compliments and Concerns’ feedback programme, and Fall 
Awareness Training for Drivers all reinforce our commitment to 
transportation safety. We carry out regular observation of our drivers 
and are pleased that our focus on training has led to a significant 
decrease in driver-related violations. A total of 723 driver-related 
violations were noted on inspection in 2011 in the US but by last year 
the number had more than halved to 297. 

Our US risk management department consists of 20 full-time 
occupational health and safety professionals whose sole role is to 
work with our field personnel to identify hazards and reduce incidents. 
This team of safety professionals is spread throughout the country 
and serves each of our operating divisions to promote direct 
coordination with our operational units. Safety audits are carried out 
at each store regularly with appropriate follow-up activities to ensure 
major risks identified are mitigated. All stores must conduct at least 
one safety meeting per month to discuss weekly safety topics and all 
employees must take a monthly safety quiz. We also hold an annual 
Safety Week both in the US and the UK.

A-Plant has similar initiatives in place and has recently, for example, 
been working with Eve Trakway to reduce the risks in lorry-mounted 
crane operations and reduce accidents during track laying and lifting 
operations. A review found that a mobile control unit enables the 
driver to move to a position where he has a clear view of the lifting 
area and any persons entering the lifting area. As a result, remote 
control crane controls are to be retrofitted to all Eve vehicles and 
drivers are being retrained in the use of these controls. 

Health programmes
Having a healthy workforce has always been important to us and  
we work hard to look after our people and help them look after 
themselves. When our staff are on top form, they provide the best 
service to our customers. Virgin Pulse is a programme that rewards 
staff for healthy behaviour, so they are incentivised to track their 
health and invest in it to reap the rewards that we are investing in the 
programme on their behalf. Staff get savings on their healthcare costs 
if they exercise, for example. Some 38% of US staff are currently 
enrolled in the scheme and 52% of those are earning health miles. 
Members have earned $39,000 in rewards and 76% reported in a 
survey that Virgin Pulse had improved their life in some way.

Working on safety with our customers and suppliers
Part of being a responsible business is sharing our safety culture with 
our customers and suppliers whenever appropriate. For example, 
Sunbelt has dedicated aerial work platform, forklift and earth moving 
operator trainers who train customers and we build customised 
training programmes to fit their needs. In the US, Zachry and NBC 
Universal are two examples of customers where we worked with the 
customer’s safety team to develop customised aerial work platform 
and forklift training courses, sometimes for a specific jobsite, the 
passing of which becomes a requirement for the customer operator. 
In the UK, A-Plant regularly participates in training days for major 
customers, demonstrating safe use of equipment and running training 
seminars. This is in addition to the routine safety briefings that 
accompany equipment rental. 

EMPLOYEE SPOTLIGHT: SOPHIE JONES
Sophie joined A-Plant in 2011 having secured a place on the apprenticeship 
scheme focusing on customer service. She quickly demonstrated her drive 
and ambition and succeeded in completing her three-year apprenticeship 
some seven months early. She particularly liked being able to combine work 
with study, rather than going to college and sitting in lectures. Sophie has now 
progressed to being rental manager at Barnstaple depot despite being the 
youngest of a team of 10 members of staff there. She is the first point of call 
for customers and delivers excellent service while enjoying the friendly 
working environment. Sophie has a great future ahead of her.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

35

Strategic report Responsible	business	report	continued

This is how we work	continued

150

apprentices in 2015,  
our largest ever intake. 

OUR PEOPLE
Why they matter
We hire the best people, train them well and look after them so that 
they provide the best possible service for our customers. We aim to 
keep employee turnover as low as possible to enable us to build on  
the skill base we have established. This is core to the success of the 
business and our competitive position and therefore staff turnover  
is one of our KPIs (see page 23).

In general, the rental industry suffers from high staff turnover, 
particularly within certain job categories such as mechanics and 
delivery truck drivers, with turnover being particularly high within  
the first year of employment. We increasingly find our staff targeted 
by competitors which, whilst a compliment, means we have to  
work harder to retain them.

Our employees are driven, conscientious and loyal and we like to  
keep them that way through market-leading training and development 
and superior reward and benefits. Both Sunbelt and A-Plant have 
extensive programmes in place to ensure high standards of 
recruitment, training and the appraisal, review and reward of our 
employees. In addition, we endeavour consistently throughout the 
year to maintain and develop arrangements aimed at involving 
employees in the Group’s affairs and hearing their views. Regular 
meetings are held at stores to discuss performance and enable 
employees to input into improvements as well as providing feedback 
on their own levels of satisfaction. 

Recruitment
With our rapid growth, recruiting new employees has become more 
challenging recently in both the UK and the US. At Sunbelt we have 
completely reorganised our recruitment department so that it can 
support an average of 750 job openings at any given time. We also 
restarted and enhanced a number of programmes, which include:

•  the Jumpstart Sales Programme – a programme which identifies 
top talent out of college and puts them through an accelerated 
training programme with incentives for staying with Sunbelt after 
the programme has ended;

•  a partnership with the Universal Technical Institute to identify and 
hire top technicians – to date we have hired more than 70 students 
and the applications continue to increase;

•  talent reviews and formal succession planning;
•  interview skills training for managers; and
•  internship programme implementation.

A-Plant apprenticeship programme
A-Plant’s apprenticeship programme continues to be one of the  
most successful and highly valued schemes in the equipment rental 
industry. Last year we increased the numbers of trainees taken on to 
39 to meet operational demands and combat a general skills shortage 
in the industry. This year we will be recruiting 150 new apprentices, 
our largest ever intake, reflecting the growth of the business. Our 
apprenticeship programmes take between two and three years to 
complete and usually include outside training and a formal NVQ 
qualification, in addition to on-the-job training. We have five 
apprentice streams – plant maintenance, customer service, driver, 

HIGH-RISE LIFTING IN THE CITY OF LONDON
A-Plant specialist business, FLG Services, is a leading lifting 
equipment rental business. It specialises in designing bespoke 
lifting solutions for complex problems; for example, helping 
customers lift facades often on to very high buildings such  
as the Leadenhall Building in central London and the HSBC 
headquarters in Canary Wharf.

 “ I have worked with FLG on numerous projects… I have been  
in the industry 27 years… but from time to time we can all get 
stumped as to how to make things happen, this is when I call 
FLG… I would say I have never worked with a more proactive 
company than FLG.” 

PHIL SEDGE, 
Facades Operations Director, Mace

36 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

WOUNDED WARRIOR SPONSORSHIP
In 2014, Sunbelt was the Wounded Warrior 8k Run sponsor with a tent 
at each race and an opportunity to bring volunteers to work and race. 
Our sponsorship was designed to give back to the community and 
those who have served their country, create an opportunity for 
employee engagement and generate awareness of our Wounded 
Warrior partnership and the run series.

We kicked off the sponsorship with a video featuring some of our 
veterans introducing the sponsorship and describing the Wounded 
Warrior organisation. The whole event generated a great deal of 
interest from our employees and customers and we also hired one  
of the veteran runners. The programme was so successful that we  
are discussing an expansion that would include involvement in the 
Warriors to Work programme and a large-scale co-branded 
equipment programme. 

electro-technical and mechanical engineering. We are pleased  
that our efforts to increase diversity mean that a quarter of our 
apprentices are female, which compares very favourably with the  
90% male apprentices average for the construction industry. Our 
apprenticeship scheme also has an impressive 80% retention rate 
compared to the industry rate of 66%.

Military recruitment
At a more senior level, we actively recruit military service members 
and veterans, appreciating that their experience gives candidates a 
sense of discipline, dedication, responsibility and a determination to 
do the job right the first time. Each month we feature a former military 
employee as a spotlight on our Military Recruiting page on the Sunbelt 
website. This practice is designed to educate our own employees, but 
also to drive interest among retired military personnel in a career at 
Sunbelt. Sunbelt is a top 50 military employer.

Following A-Plant’s growth we launched a major recruitment drive  
for various positions across the network and as part of this, have  
been working with Career Transition Partnership (‘CTP’) to increase 
awareness amongst military personnel, who are due to leave the 
forces within the next 6–12 months, about job opportunities. CTP is  
the official provider of Ministry of Defence Resettlement Services. 

Career development and training
Training and development continues throughout the careers of our 
employees and we have many programmes in place to ensure they 
achieve their ambitions, reach their potential and remain safe, as 
outlined above. Employees’ welfare and job satisfaction is enormously 
important and we invest significant money and time in facilitating 
career development. 

Last year was particularly busy for Sunbelt with a new competency-
based educational foundation set up for all our employees, including 
all roles within our stores. New learning paths are being implemented 
for all employees to address the knowledge, skills, and behaviours 
required for them to achieve satisfaction in their careers. We have 
completely overhauled Sunbelt University by implementing a new and 
highly sophisticated Learning Management System and rolled out 
multiple courses and performance support. These range from Tier 4 
regulatory courses for all customer-facing employees, battery safety 
and maintenance training, and a new Workplace Harassment suite 
that ensures compliance with all federal laws and regulations. We 
have also implemented standardised training policies and procedures 
for developing content or engaging third-party vendors to ensure 
quality and consistency of courses and trainers. 

At A-Plant a lot of work is being completed around the recently 
acquired businesses, ensuring their training programmes meet the 
standards we set ourselves. Our upskilling the workforce programme 
continues to be very successful with vocational qualifications offered 
across the range of job functions and levels. Some 577 employees 
have completed the programme to date. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

37

Strategic report Responsible	business	report	continued

This is how we work continued

TOM WARNER AND HUNTINGTON’S DISEASE (‘HD’)
Our community initiatives usually directly reflect the priorities of our 
staff. One such example is our work in support of the Huntington’s 
Disease Society of America (‘HDSA’) led by Tom Warner, the manager 
of our San Diego branch. Tom’s management has led to tremendous 
business growth at the branch and he continues to build outstanding 
customer relationships. This is all the more remarkable given the 
heavy impact HD has on his family, most particularly affecting his 
mother and aunt. When not working, or helping care for the family, 
Tom supports the local HDSA chapter and has run several marathons 
in support of HD and the HDSA. His branch colleagues also get 
involved and sponsor the Team Hope Walk for HD, as well as  
making donations direct to HDSA. It’s a team effort for which Tom  
is the inspiration. 

Reward and benefits
We believe in treating our staff well and rewarding them for the effort 
they put in on our behalf. 

We use a combination of competitive fixed pay and attractive incentive 
programmes to reward and motivate staff and these drive our profits 
and return on investment. Our sales force is incentivised through our 
commission plans which are based on sales, both volume and price 
achieved, and a broad measure of return on investment determined  
by reference to equipment type and discount level.

We flex our incentive plans to reflect the stage of the cycle in which  
we operate, which we believe is an important element in retaining  
the confidence of our workforce through the economic cycle. In 
addition to their core benefits, including pension and life assurance 
arrangements, we have an employee assistance helpline which offers 
free confidential support and advice to those in need. We also have 
other benefits such as Virgin Pulse, as mentioned above, to promote 
good health amongst our employees.

Diversity and equal opportunities
We work hard to ensure equal opportunities for all our staff, as  
well as prioritising employment diversity. Our recruitment comes 
predominantly from the areas immediately around our facilities 
thereby providing opportunities for local people. We make every 
reasonable effort to give disabled applicants and existing employees 
who become disabled, opportunities for work, training and career 
development in keeping with their aptitudes and abilities. We do not 
discriminate against any individual on the basis of a protected status, 
such as sex, colour, race, religion, native origin or age.

In the US we are required by law to monitor ethnicity in our workforce 
every year and we maintain a diverse workforce. We also gather 
ethnicity data as part of the recruitment process in the UK and 
through an Equality and Inclusion Survey to monitor our diversity. 
Increasingly, many local authority and public sector tenders request 
this kind of information. We are committed to providing opportunities 
for people from all ethnic groups and in both geographies we have 
good representation from ethnic minorities across the organisation.

38 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

While our industry has traditionally had many more men than women, 
we do have women at all levels in both the US and UK including on the 
Board, on the senior management team and as store managers, sales 
executives and apprentices. While we prioritise recruiting the best 
people for every role, we are working to make it easier for more 
women to join the organisation, particularly as we expand.

02: WORKFORCE BY GENDER

Number of employees
Board directors
Senior management
All staff

Male
8
20
10,944

Female
1
1
989

Female %
11%
5%
8%

HUMAN RIGHTS
At Ashtead we believe in the rights of individuals and take our 
responsibilities seriously to all our employees and those who may  
be affected by our activities. We have principles in place, such as 
whistle-blowing procedures which protect our employees as they  
go about their work. These principles form part of our way of doing 
business and are embedded in our operations. Thus, while we do not 
manage human rights matters separately, we continue to assess 
potential risks but do not believe they raise particular issues for  
the business.

COMMUNITIES
Why they matter
The communities in which we operate have always been important to 
Ashtead. As we expand our market share, particularly in the US, we 
have ever more impact and influence over the communities where we 
hire staff and make an economic contribution. Our responsibility to 
those communities increases likewise. In addition, part of ‘This is who 
we are’ is the pride that our staff feel in providing a service for the 
community. Our business is about helping people and getting things 
done. It is about finding solutions, especially when there has been  
an emergency or a disaster such as a major flood or a hurricane, for 
example. Contributing to the communities where we operate is an 
important differentiating factor for Ashtead staff as well as being 
attractive to new recruits. 

Community initiatives
We have multiple community-based programmes around the stores 
where we work. For example, our sponsorship of the Wounded 
Warrior Project in the US supports our wellness focus as well as 
providing community involvement opportunities for our employees. 
We also participate in the Holiday Mail for Heroes campaign, where 
we sign and complete cards which are sent to troops in war zones  
for the holidays. In the UK we loaned equipment to help create a 
tranquil, therapeutic garden at the Help for Heroes Recovery Centre 
in Colchester. Raising our profile in the community in this way is 
completely consistent with our desire to do more in terms of the 
quality of life of our staff and their families. 

Our stores regularly support and participate in local charity events 
and community service. For example, we provide support to many 
community sporting events, sponsoring a local softball team in Dallas 
and various charity golf tournaments across the US. We also continue 
to work closely with our designated charitable partner, the American 
Red Cross and its affiliates such as the Second Harvest Food Bank for 
which we have a food drive every November. We allow employees to 
make payroll deductions to contribute to the American Red Cross or 
the Sunbelt Employee Relief Fund.

A recent community initiative in the UK was the work of our Leada 
Acrow division in helping students to gain real insight into the world of 
civil engineering and helping to educate the future generation. Leada 
Acrow provided formwork equipment for use during ‘Build Camp’, a 
collaboration between ‘Think Up’ and ‘Constructionarium’, sponsored 
by Balfour Beatty and the Institute of Civil Engineers. As part of a 
‘hands-on’ construction experience lasting four days, students built  
a railway bridge across a specially created landscape. 

We also provide help or equipment to community organisations, such 
as providing an accommodation unit to solve the sports equipment 
storage problems of the Coddingham Community Centre in Newark. 
One of the primary charities we support in the UK is CRASH, the 
construction and property industry’s charity for homeless people.  
As patrons of the charity, we get involved in some great initiatives  
to support the homeless such as the new Greenhouse project at the 
Emmaus homeless community in Brighton & Hove. 

EMPLOYEE SPOTLIGHT: KEN WALKER
Ken started work as a driver at A-Plant nearly 20 years ago and since 
then has progressed through many different roles. He was quickly 
identified for business development and spent several years setting 
up a network of safety and lifting equipment depots nationwide.  
He worked in sales, was a depot rental manager and then set up our 
customer training service. Ken now travels the country training both 
staff and customers as our senior training instructor. His years on the 
job and experience of working with the equipment day-to-day mean  
he is unmatched in his technical knowledge and ability. He loves being 
able to leave a depot or customer premises knowing he has trained 
people to the highest standard so they will use the equipment safely. 
Nothing is too much trouble for Ken. He embodies our commitment  
to career development, safety and training, while also inspiring the 
younger generation to excel.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

39

Strategic report Responsible	business	report	continued

This is how we work continued

THE ENVIRONMENT
Why it matters
As we set up more stores and develop our service offering, our impact 
on the environment around those stores increases. We make every 
effort to limit any negative impact we may have in the course of our 
work. This helps us save on costs, on any potential damage to our 
reputation and also helps build that level of trust which our customers 
require. It also helps our staff to feel good about where they work  
and helps to build good relationships with the communities around 
our centres.

Recent initiatives in this area include: 

•  thorough evaluation of new stores and acquisitions to ensure  
they meet our environmental standards and do not pose an 
unacceptable risk to the business;

•  improved safety/environmental audit tracking software  

and database;

•  improved environmental information database increasing  
efficiency in addressing permits and various requirements;

•  carbon, waste and other environmental KPIs captured  

and reported;

•  increased inventory of Tier 4 engines and training of key staff  

on their impact and maintenance;

•  national (non-exclusive) agreements for emergency response  

and waste disposal in the US;

•  providing lists of required and recommended equipment to new 

store openings for spill prevention and clean-up supplies;

•  use of telematics to monitor vehicle idling and driving efficiency;
•  optimisation of delivery routes via our efficiency programme;
•  use of tyre pressure monitors to ensure optimal fuel efficiency;
•  increased fuel efficiency in delivery and service fleet, including 

through improved design;

•  providing environmental education reminders to field and service 
personnel through TechConnect newsletter delivered to their 
homes in the US; and

•  use of environmentally and ozone-friendly refrigerants in our 

cooling equipment.

In the UK, to comply with the new Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme 
(‘ESOS’), all the performance standards team will have ISO 50001 
awareness training in 2015. ESOS is a mandatory energy assessment 
scheme for organisations in the UK that meet the qualification 
criteria. Organisations that qualify for ESOS must carry out ESOS 
assessments every four years. These assessments are audits of the 
energy used by their buildings, industrial processes and transport to 
identify cost-effective energy-saving measures. Organisations must 
notify the Environment Agency that they have complied with their 
ESOS obligations.

EMPLOYEE SPOTLIGHT: RON POPLAWSKI
Ron has worked for Sunbelt for 19 years and epitomises the best of 
who we are. He started work as a weekend casual labourer and then 
took a job erecting scaffold just before the Atlanta Olympics. In 1999, 
Ron’s yard was in desperate need of a manager and Ron was chosen 
for his commitment to doing a great job. He stayed there for three 
years and transformed the yard. His goal was to exemplify our motto 
of exceeding our customers’ expectations through value added 
services. He then became a construction manager where he again 
excelled for five years, before moving into a sales role, making the 
most of his problem-solving skills and ‘can-do’ attitude. Ron is now  
a store manager in Atlanta and continues to be the role model for 
others to follow. He delivers great service to our customers and 
increased return on investment for the company. He and his team 
continue to set the bar for a great work ethic and the belief that 
anything is possible with a positive attitude. 

40 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Greener equipment
Wherever we can and where it makes economic sense, we invest in 
‘greener’ equipment, sometimes also driven by customer demand.  
In addition to the Tier 4 engines mandated in the US, other recent 
purchases include dry-ice blasters, natural gas generators, solar 
light towers and dual fuel man lifts using propane as a fuel source. 

To meet increasing demand for environmentally friendly and 
energy-saving temporary accommodation, we have developed a  
range of ‘Green Specification’ accommodation units. These units 
incorporate a multitude of energy saving devices, including increased 
insulation levels, heavy duty door closers, passive infrared low  
energy fluorescent lighting, double glazed windows, dual flush toilets, 
waterless urinals and thermostatically timed heaters. These units 
allow construction companies and other customers to reduce site 
energy consumption without adversely affecting the welfare of  
their teams.

We also continue our investment in the award-winning Power Cube, 
an innovative new battery generator that works alongside our current 
power generation fleet and offers customers significant fuel savings, 
reductions in carbon footprint and the ability to remotely monitor 
energy usage. The Power Cube can be used on its own or in 
conjunction with a generator or mains supply, and can be supplied  
as road-towable, static or even with a solar panel. 

GEOFF DRABBLE 
Chief executive 
15 June 2015 

SUZANNE WOOD
Finance director 

Greenhouse gas emissions
As we are a growing business with aggressive expansion plans,  
our absolute greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions will necessarily 
increase. However, we continue to evaluate how best we can limit  
that increase and mitigate the impact.

Our Scope 1 (fuel combustion and operation of facilities) and 2 
(purchased electricity) GHG emissions are reported below. We have 
opted not to report Scope 3 emissions due to the difficulty in gathering 
accurate and reliable information. The majority of these arise through 
our customers’ use of our equipment on their sites and projects.

03: GHG EMISSION BY GHG PROTOCOL SCOPE (tCO2e/YEAR*)

Scope 1
Scope 2
Total

2015
188,514
33,674
222,188

2014
162,892
30,250
193,142

*  tCO2e/year defined as tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year.

In order to calculate the GHG emissions, we have used the GHG 
Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised 
edition), together with emission factors from the UK government’s 
GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2014, as well as  
the US Environmental Protection Agency.

In the UK, we collect data from all Scope 1 and 2 vendors and hence, 
there is no estimation involved. In the US, due to the size of our 
operation, we collect data from the significant vendors and then use 
this to estimate emissions attributable to the balance. At April 2015, 
approximately 10% of the Sunbelt emissions balance was estimated.

We are also required to give an intensity ratio as appropriate for our 
business. Our level of GHG emissions vary with our activity levels  
and we have concluded that the most appropriate intensity ratio for 
Ashtead is revenue intensity. Our intensity metric is therefore an 
indication of emissions per £1m of revenue (tCO2e/£m).

04: REVENUE INTENSITY

Revenue intensity ratio

2015
109.0

2014
118.2

The majority of our revenue is in dollars and so the reported ratio is 
affected by the exchange rate. On a constant currency basis (using 
this year’s average exchange rate) our intensity ratio has reduced 
from 117.9 last year to 109.0 this year.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

41

Strategic report Directors’	report

Our Board of Directors

1.

4.

7.

2.

5.

8.

3.

6.

9.

Details of the directors’ contracts, emoluments and share interests can be found in the Directors’ remuneration report.

Key:

  Audit Committee
  Remuneration Committee
  Nomination Committee
  Finance and Administration Committee

42 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

1. CHRIS COLE
Non-executive chairman 
Chris Cole has been a director since January 2002 and was appointed 
as non-executive chairman in March 2007. Chris is chairman of  
the Nomination Committee and a member of the Finance and 
Administration Committee. He is non-executive chairman of WSP 
Global Inc., a company formed from the merger of GENIVAR Inc. and 
WSP Group plc. Prior to the merger he was chief executive of WSP 
Group plc. He is also the non-executive chairman of Tracsis plc and 
Applus+ and senior independent director of Infinis Energy plc.

2. GEOFF DRABBLE
Chief executive 
Geoff Drabble was appointed chief executive in January 2007, having 
served as chief executive designate from October 2006 and as a 
non-executive director since April 2005. Geoff was previously an 
executive director of The Laird Group plc where he was responsible 
for its Building Products division. Prior to joining The Laird Group,  
he held a number of senior management positions at Black & Decker. 
Geoff is chairman of the Finance and Administration Committee and  
a member of the Nomination Committee.

3. SUZANNE WOOD
Finance director 
Suzanne Wood was appointed as a director in July 2012. Suzanne 
joined Sunbelt as its chief financial officer in 2003. Suzanne is a 
qualified accountant, having trained with Price Waterhouse. She is  
a member of the Finance and Administration Committee. Suzanne is  
a US citizen and lives in Charlotte, North Carolina but also maintains  
a London residence.

4. BRENDAN HORGAN
Chief executive, Sunbelt 
Brendan Horgan was appointed as a director in January 2011. 
Brendan joined Sunbelt in 1996 and has held a number of senior 
management positions including chief sales officer and chief 
operating officer. Brendan is a US citizen and lives in Charlotte,  
North Carolina.

5. SAT DHAIWAL
Chief executive, A-Plant 
Sat Dhaiwal has been chief executive of A-Plant and a director since 
March 2002. Sat was managing director of A-Plant East, one of 
A-Plant’s four operational regions, from May 1998 to March 2002. 
Before that he was an A-Plant trading director from 1995 and,  
prior to 1995, managed one of A-Plant’s stores.

6. MICHAEL BURROW
Independent non-executive director 
Michael Burrow was appointed as a non-executive director and 
member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
effective from March 2007 and chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee in September 2010. Michael was formerly managing 
director of the Investment Banking Group of Lehman Brothers 
Europe Limited.

7. WAYNE EDMUNDS
Independent non-executive director 
Wayne was appointed as a non-executive director and member of  
the Audit Committee in February 2014 and became chairman of the 
Audit Committee and a member of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees with effect from 1 July 2014. Wayne is a non-executive 
director and chairman of the Audit Committee at BBA Aviation plc  
and a non-executive director of MSCI, Inc.. He was formerly chief 
executive officer of Invensys plc. Wayne is a US citizen and lives  
in New Jersey.

8. BRUCE EDWARDS
Independent non-executive director 
Bruce Edwards was appointed as a non-executive director in  
June 2007 and a member of the Nomination Committee and 
Remuneration Committee effective from February 2009 and 
September 2010 respectively. Bruce is also a non-executive director 
of Greif Inc., a NYSE-listed packaging and container manufacturer.  
He was formerly the global chief executive officer for Exel Supply 
Chain at Deutsche Post World Net. Bruce is a US citizen and lives  
in Columbus, Ohio.

9. IAN SUTCLIFFE
Senior independent non-executive director 
Ian Sutcliffe was appointed as a non-executive director and member 
of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees in September 
2010. Following the retirement of Hugh Etheridge, Ian was appointed 
as senior independent non-executive director with effect from 1 July 
2014. Ian is the executive chairman of Countryside Properties plc.  
He was formerly chief executive officer of Keepmoat and managing 
director, UK Property, at Segro plc. Prior to joining Segro he held 
senior executive positions with Taylor Wimpey plc and Royal Dutch 
Shell plc. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

43

Directors’ reportCorporate	governance	report

Strong corporate governance

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
This year has been another exciting one for Ashtead. We continue to 
deliver on our promises and are seeing unprecedented levels of 
growth in the business. As we grow it is crucial that our governance 
structures keep pace so that we can ensure growth is both 
responsible and sustainable. We need to manage our risks efficiently 
and ensure transparency across the business. I am confident that 
your Board is well placed to do that and we remain committed to 
maintaining the very highest standards of corporate governance. We 
recognise that good governance is essential in assisting the business 
deliver its strategy, generate shareholder value and safeguard 
shareholders’ long-term interests. 

As chairman, it is my role to ensure that the governance regime 
remains appropriately robust and that the Board operates effectively. 
I am pleased to introduce the corporate governance report for 
2014/15. This report details the matters addressed by the Board and 
its committees during the year. 

Areas of Board focus
During the past year the Board has paid particular attention to the 
following important areas:

•  reviewing Board priorities and activities in line with our risk and 

ethics management regime;

•  an ongoing evaluation of the efficacy of our strategy and the degree to 
which it remains appropriate as markets and opportunities change;
•  continuing review of the effectiveness of our capital structure as the 

economic environment changes;

•  evaluating our robust operating model and structure to ensure they 

remain fit for purpose as Ashtead grows and markets change;
•  assessing the effectiveness of our health and safety practices  
and monitoring across the Group, and identifying areas for 
improvement;

•  ensuring our key management resource remains motivated and 

appropriately rewarded; and

•  succession planning and ongoing senior recruitment.

Board composition and diversity
Each member of our Board must be able to demonstrate the skills, 
experience and knowledge required to contribute to the effectiveness 
of the Board. It is also important that we address issues of diversity  
in terms of skills, geographical experience relevant to our business 
and gender. I believe the Board is appropriately balanced in terms  
of diversity with a good mix of specialist skills and market expertise.

Compliance
We endeavour to monitor and comply with ongoing changes in 
corporate governance and evolving best practice in this area. I am 
pleased to report that the Company has complied in full with the 2012 
UK Corporate Governance Code (‘the Code’) and I can confirm this 
report provides a fair, balanced and understandable view of the 
Group’s position and prospects.

The composition of the Board has not changed during the year since 
the retirement of Hugh Etheridge as a director, senior independent 
director and chairman of the Audit Committee on 30 June 2014.  
We do not expect any changes to the Board in the coming year. The 
biographies and relevant experience of our Board members can be 
seen on page 43.

CHRIS COLE
Chairman 

44 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

LEADERSHIP
The Company is led by an effective Board which is collectively 
responsible for the long-term success of the Company.

The role of the Board
The Board is responsible for setting the Group’s strategy and ensuring 
the necessary resources and capabilities are in place to deliver the 
strategic aims and objectives. It determines the Group’s key policies 
and reviews management and financial performance. The Group’s 
governance framework is designed to facilitate a combination of 
effective, entrepreneurial and prudent management, both to 
safeguard shareholders’ interests and to sustain the success of 
Ashtead over the longer term. This is achieved through a control 
framework which enables risk to be assessed and managed 
effectively. The Board sets the Group’s core values and standards  
and ensures that these, together with the Group’s obligations to its 
stakeholders, are understood throughout the Group.

Board meetings
The principal activities of the Board are conducted at regular 
scheduled meetings of the Board and its committees. The Board 
normally meets six times a year, with at least one of these meetings 
being held in the US. Additional ad hoc meetings and calls are 
arranged outside the scheduled meetings to take decisions  
as required.

The chairman and chief executive maintain regular contact with the 
other directors to discuss matters relating to the Group and the Board 
receives regular reports and briefings to ensure the directors are 
suitably briefed to fulfil their roles.

There is a schedule of matters reserved to the Board for decision. 
Other matters are delegated to Board committees, details of which 
are given on pages 49, 51 and 66.

MATTERS RESERVED TO THE BOARD

The schedule of matters reserved to the Board for decision 
includes:

•   treasury policy;
•   acquisitions and disposals;
•   appointment and removal of directors or the company 

secretary;

•   appointment and removal of the auditor;
•   approval of the annual accounts and the quarterly financial 

reports to shareholders;

•   approval of the issue of shares and debentures;
•   the setting of dividend policy; and
•   the buy-back of shares.

Attendance at Board and Committee meetings held between  
1 May 2014 and 30 April 2015

Number of  
meetings held
Chris Cole
Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood
Michael Burrow
Wayne Edmunds*
Bruce Edwards
Hugh Etheridge**
Ian Sutcliffe

Board
6

Audit Remuneration
2

5

Nomination
1

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1
6

–
–
–
–
–
5
5
–
2
5

–
–
–
–
–
2
1
2
1
2

1
–
1
–
–
1
–
1
1
1

* 

 Wayne Edmunds was appointed as a member of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees on 1 July 2014.

**   Hugh Etheridge retired as a director on 30 June 2014.

THE BOARD AND COMMITTEES

GROUP RISK COMMITTEE
Chaired by Suzanne Wood 
(with responsibility for  
Corporate Responsibility)

AUDIT 
COMMITTEE
Michael Burrow 
Wayne Edmunds 
Ian Sutcliffe

BOARD

NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE
Michael Burrow  
Chris Cole 
Geoff Drabble 
Bruce Edwards 
Ian Sutcliffe

FINANCE AND 
ADMINISTRATION 
COMMITTEE
Chaired by Geoff Drabble

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE
Michael Burrow 
Wayne Edmunds 
Bruce Edwards 
Ian Sutcliffe

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

45

Directors’ report 
Corporate	governance	report	continued

Strong corporate governance continued

Summary of the Board’s work during the year
During the year, the Board considered all matters reserved to  
the Board for decision, focusing in particular on the following:

•  Review of operations and current trading
•  Approval of the quarterly financial statements
•  Approval of the annual report and accounts
•  Approval of the AGM resolutions
•  Dividend policy
•  Investor relations
•  Treasury policy
•  Issue of $500m of second priority senior secured notes
•  Growth and acquisition strategy
•  Various acquisitions, including Metrolift, Lone Star,  

GWG Rentals (Canada), Theros and TGR

•  Adoption of the 2015/16 budget
•  Review of the work of the Group’s Risk Committee
•  Review and approval of the Group’s risk register
•  The recommendations of the Remuneration Committee

Appointments to the Board
The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing the structure, 
size and composition of the Board and making recommendations to 
the Board on any changes required. Appointments are made on merit, 
based on objective criteria, including skills and experience and 
recognising the benefits of diversity on the Board, including gender.

Commitment
As part of the appointment process, prospective directors are 
required to confirm that they will be able to devote sufficient time  
to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively. 
Furthermore, all directors are required to inform the Company of 
changes in their commitments to ensure that they continue to be  
able to devote sufficient time to the Company.

Development and training
All newly-appointed directors undertake an induction to all parts  
of the Group’s business. This includes visits to both the Sunbelt and 
A-Plant businesses and meetings with their management teams.  
The company secretary also provides directors with an overview of 
their responsibilities as directors, corporate governance policies and 
Board policies and procedures. The chairman and chief executive 
assess regularly the development needs of the Board as a whole with 
the intention of identifying any additional training requirements.

Information and support
The directors have access to the company secretary and are able  
to seek independent advice at the Company’s expense.

Regular reports and briefings are provided to the Board, by the 
executive directors and the company secretary, to ensure the 
directors are suitably briefed to fulfil their roles. 

Additionally, detailed management accounts are sent monthly to all 
Board members and, in advance of all Board meetings, an agenda and 
appropriate documentation in respect of each item to be discussed  
is circulated.

Board evaluation
The performance of the chairman, chief executive, the Board and its 
committees is evaluated formally annually against, amongst other 
things, their respective role profiles and terms of reference. The 
executive directors are evaluated additionally against the agreed 
budget for the generation of revenue, profit and value to shareholders.

Following the external performance evaluation of the Board in 
2012/13, this year’s evaluation was conducted by way of a 
questionnaire completed by all directors, the results of which were 
collated by the company secretary and presented to the entire Board. 
Based on this evaluation, the Board concluded that performance in 
the past year had been satisfactory.

Board composition and roles

Chairman

Chris Cole

Chief executive

Geoff Drabble

Finance director

Suzanne Wood

Senior independent 
director

Ian Sutcliffe

Independent non-
executive directors

Michael Burrow, Wayne 
Edmunds, Bruce Edwards, 
Ian Sutcliffe 

46 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Responsible for leadership of the Board, agreeing Board 
agendas and ensuring its effectiveness by requiring the 
provision of timely, accurate and clear information on all  
aspects of the Group’s business, to enable the Board to take 
sound decisions and promote the success of the business. 
Responsible for developing the strategy for the business, in 
conjunction with the Board, ensuring it is implemented, and  
the operational management of the business.
Supports the chief executive in developing and implementing  
the strategy and responsible for the reporting of the financial 
and operational performance of the business.
Available to shareholders if they have reason for concern that 
contact through the normal channels of chairman or chief 
executive has failed to resolve.
Provide a creative contribution to the Board by providing 
objective challenge and critique for executive management  
and insights drawn from their broad experience.

In accordance with the Code, it is the Board’s intention to have its and 
its committees’ performance evaluation conducted by an external 
third party every three years.

The non-executive directors (including the chairman) meet as and 
when required in the absence of the executive directors to discuss  
and appraise the performance of the Board as a whole and the 
performance of the executive directors. In accordance with the Code, 
the non-executive directors, led by the senior independent non-
executive director, also meet at least annually in the absence of the 
chairman to discuss and appraise his performance.

Non-executive directors
In the recruitment of non-executive directors, it is the Company’s 
practice to utilise the services of an external search consultancy. 
Before appointment, non-executive directors are required to assure 
the Board that they can give the time commitment necessary to fulfil 
properly their duties, both in terms of availability to attend meetings 
and discuss matters on the telephone and meeting preparation time. 
The non-executives’ letters of appointment will be available for 
inspection at the Annual General Meeting. The approval of the 
chairman is required before a non-executive can take on other 
non-executive director roles.

Non-executive directors are appointed for specified terms not 
exceeding three years and are subject to annual re-election and  
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the removal  
of a director.

TENURE OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

	 Chris	Cole	

13	years

	 Michael	Burrow	

8	years

	 Bruce	Edwards	

8	years

	 Ian	Sutcliffe	

5	years

	 Wayne	Edmunds	

1	year

Delegated authority
Board committees
The Board has standing Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees. The membership, roles and activities of the Audit and 
Nomination Committees are detailed on pages 49 to 51 and the 
Remuneration Committee in the separate report on pages 52 to 66.

Each committee reports to, and has its terms of reference agreed by, 
the Board. The terms of reference of these committees are available 
on our website and will be available for inspection at the Annual 
General Meeting.

Finance and Administration Committee
The Finance and Administration Committee comprises Chris Cole, 
Geoff Drabble (chairman) and Suzanne Wood. The Board of directors 
has delegated authority to this committee to deal with routine 
financial and administrative matters between Board meetings.  
The Committee meets as necessary to perform its role and has a 
quorum requirement of two members with certain matters requiring 
the participation of the chairman, including, for example, the approval 
of material announcements to the London Stock Exchange.

EFFECTIVENESS
Composition of the Board
The Company’s Board comprises the chairman, the chief executive, 
the finance director, the executive heads of Sunbelt and A-Plant,  
the senior independent non-executive director and three other 
independent non-executive directors. Short biographies of the 
directors are given on page 43.

The directors are of the view that the Board and its committees 
consist of directors with the appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge of the Group to discharge their duties 
and responsibilities effectively. The composition of the Board has not 
changed during the year since the retirement of Hugh Etheridge as  
a director, senior independent director and chairman of the Audit 
Committee on 30 June 2014.

Re-election
The directors will retire at this year’s Annual General Meeting and will 
offer themselves for re-election in accordance with the Code.

ACCOUNTABILITY
The Board is committed to providing stakeholders with a fair, 
balanced and understandable assessment of the Group’s position and 
prospects. This is achieved through the Strategic report and other 
information included within this Annual Report. The responsibilities  
of the directors in respect of the preparation of this Annual Report  
are set out on page 69 and the auditor’s report on page 73 includes  
a statement by Deloitte about its reporting responsibilities. As set  
out on page 68, the directors are of the opinion that the Group is a 
going concern.

Risk management and control
The Board confirms that there is a process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing significant risks faced by the Group. This process has 
been in place for the full financial year and is ongoing. Under its terms 
of reference the Group Risk Committee meets semi-annually or more 
frequently if required, with the objective of encouraging best risk 
management practice across the Group and a culture of regulatory 
compliance and ethical behaviour. The Group Risk Committee reports 
annually through the Audit Committee to the Board.

The Group reviews and assesses the risks it faces in its business  
and how these risks are managed. These reviews are conducted in 
conjunction with the management teams of each of the Group’s 
businesses and are documented in an annual report. The reviews 
consider whether any matters have arisen since the last report was 
prepared which might indicate omissions or inadequacies in that 
assessment. It also considers whether, as a result of changes in either 
the internal or external environment, any new significant risks have 
arisen. The Group Risk Committee reviewed the draft report for 2015, 
which was then presented to, discussed by the Audit Committee on 
27 May 2015 and approved by the Audit Committee and the Group 
Board on 11 June 2015.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

47

Directors’ reportCorporate	governance	report	continued

Strong corporate governance continued

The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control 
and confirms it has reviewed its effectiveness. In doing so, the Group 
has taken note of the relevant guidance for directors, published by the 
Financial Reporting Council, ‘Internal Control: Guidance to Directors’.

The Board considers that the Group’s internal control systems are 
designed appropriately to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of 
failure to achieve its business objectives. Any such control system, 
however, can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

Before producing the statement on internal control for the Annual 
Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 April 2015, the Board 
reconsidered the operational effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
control systems. In particular, through the Audit Committee, it 
received reports from the operational audit teams and considered  
the internal control improvement recommendations made by the 
Group’s internal auditors and its external auditor and management’s 
implementation plans. The control system includes written policies 
and control procedures, clearly drawn lines of accountability and 
delegation of authority, and comprehensive reporting and analysis 
against budgets and latest forecasts.

In a group of the size, complexity and geographical diversity of 
Ashtead, minor breakdowns in established control procedures can 
occur. There are supporting policies and procedures for investigation 
and management of control breakdowns at any of the Group’s stores 
or elsewhere. The Audit Committee also meets regularly with the 
external auditor to discuss its work.

In relation to internal financial control, the Group’s control and 
monitoring procedures include:

•  the maintenance and production of accurate and timely financial 
management information, including a monthly profit and loss 
account and selected balance sheet data for each store;

•  the control of key financial risks through clearly laid down authority 
levels and proper segregation of accounting duties at the Group’s 
accounting support centres;

•  the preparation of a monthly financial report to the Board;
•  the preparation of an annual budget and periodic update  

forecasts which are reviewed by the executive directors and then  
by the Board;

•  a programme of rental equipment inventories and full inventory 

counts conducted at each store by equipment type and 
independently checked on a sample basis by our operational 
auditors and external auditor;

•  detailed internal audits at the Group’s major accounting centres 

undertaken periodically by internal audit specialists from a major 
international accounting firm;

•  comprehensive audits at the stores generally carried out at least 
every two years by internal operational audit. A summary of this 
work is provided annually to the Audit Committee; and

•  whistle-blowing procedures by which staff may, in confidence,  
raise concerns about possible improprieties or breaches of 
Company policy or procedure.

Audit Committee and auditor
The Board has delegated responsibility for oversight of corporate 
reporting and risk management and internal control and for 
maintaining an appropriate relationship with the Group’s auditor to  
the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee report on pages 49 to 51 
contains full details of the role and activities of the Audit Committee.

REMUNERATION
The Board has delegated responsibility for developing remuneration 
policy and fixing the remuneration packages of individual directors to 
the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee report 
on pages 52 to 66 contains full details of the role and activities of the 
Remuneration Committee.

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS
Dialogue with shareholders
We engage actively with analysts and investors and are open and 
transparent in our communications. This enables us to understand 
what analysts and investors think about our strategy and performance 
as we drive the business forward. The Board is updated regularly on 
the views of shareholders through briefings from those who have  
had interaction with shareholders including the directors and the 
Company’s brokers. Regular dialogue is maintained with analysts and 
investors through meetings, presentations, conferences and ad hoc 
events. During the year, senior management conducted over 300 
meetings and calls and attended one conference, with investors in  
the UK, US and the rest of Europe. In January, we held a meeting for 
analysts and major shareholders in Florida which gave them an 
opportunity to visit a range of locations and meet Ashtead and Sunbelt 
senior management.

The chairman and the senior independent non-executive director are 
available to meet institutional shareholders to discuss any issues or 
concerns in relation to the Group’s governance and strategy. During 
the year the chairman of the Remuneration Committee met or had 
discussions with a number of shareholders to discuss the application 
of our remuneration policy.

We continually seek to enhance our communications and have just 
appointed our first Director of Investor Relations.

The Group’s results and other news releases are published via the 
London Stock Exchange’s Regulatory News Service. In addition, these 
news releases are published in the Investor Relations section of the 
Group’s website at www.ashtead-group.com. Shareholders and other 
interested parties can subscribe to receive these news updates by 
email through registering online on the website.

Constructive use of the Annual General Meeting
We enjoy meeting with our private shareholders at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’). The 2015 AGM will be held in London 
on Wednesday, 2 September 2015. Further details of the meeting are 
given on page 68. Shareholders will receive an update on first quarter 
trading during the meeting and be invited to ask questions and meet 
the directors after the formal proceedings have been completed.

Resolutions at the 2015 AGM will be voted on by a show of hands. 
Following each vote, the results will be announced to the meeting  
and then announced to the London Stock Exchange and published  
on the Company’s corporate website as soon as practicable after  
the meeting. Notice of the AGM will be sent to shareholders at least  
20 working days before the meeting.

48 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

AUDIT COMMITTEE
Introduction by Wayne Edmunds,  
Audit Committee chairman
I am pleased to introduce my first report as chairman of the  
Audit Committee.

The Committee assists the Board in discharging its responsibility for 
oversight and monitoring of financial reporting, risk management and 
internal control. As chairman of the Committee, it is my responsibility 
to ensure that the Committee fulfils its responsibilities in a rigorous 
and effective manner. The Committee’s agenda is designed, in 
conjunction with the Board’s, to ensure that all significant areas  
of risk are covered and to enable it to provide timely input to  
Board deliberations.

I am satisfied that the Committee was provided with good quality and 
timely material to allow proper consideration to be given to the topics 
under review. I am also satisfied that the meetings were scheduled  
to allow sufficient time to ensure all matters were considered fully.  
In addition, we updated our Terms of Reference which were formally 
adopted on 3 June 2015 and are available in the corporate governance 
section of the Group’s website at www.ashtead-group.com.

One of the Code’s principles is that the Board should present a fair, 
balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position 
and prospects through its financial reporting. We have always sought 
to ensure our financial and other external reporting is fair, balanced 
and understandable. With this more formal reporting obligation,  
the Committee has kept this principle at the forefront of its thought 
process as it reviewed all the Company’s financial reports in advance 
of publication and is satisfied that they provide a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects.

WAYNE EDMUNDS
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Membership of the Committee
The Committee is comprised of independent non-executive directors, 
biographical details of which are set out on page 43. The members  
of the Committee are:

Wayne Edmunds  
Michael Burrow
Ian Sutcliffe

Chairman from 1 July 2014

Wayne Edmunds has relevant and recent financial experience.  
Wayne became chairman of the Committee on 1 July 2014 following 
the retirement of Hugh Etheridge. Eric Watkins is secretary to the 
Committee. Chris Cole, Geoff Drabble, Suzanne Wood and the Group’s 
deputy finance director generally attend meetings by invitation.  
In addition, the Group audit partner from our external auditor attends 
the Committee meetings.

The Audit Committee’s terms of reference, which were reviewed and 
updated and formally adopted on 3 June 2015, are available on the 
Group website and will be available for inspection at the Annual 
General Meeting.

Main responsibilities of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight and monitoring 
of financial reporting, risk management and internal controls.

The principal responsibilities of the Committee are to:

•  monitor the integrity of the annual and quarterly results,  

including a review of the significant financial reporting judgements  
contained therein;

•  establish and oversee the Company’s relationship with the  

external auditor, including the external audit process, its audit  
and non-audit fees and independence and make recommendations 
to the Board on the appointment of the external auditor;
•  review and assess the effectiveness of the Company’s  
internal financial controls and internal control and risk 
management systems;

•  oversee the nature, scope and effectiveness of the internal audit 

work undertaken; and

•  monitor the Company’s policies and procedures for handling 

allegations from whistle-blowers.

The Committee reports to the Board on its activities and minutes  
of meetings are available to the Board.

Summary of the Committee’s work during the year
The Committee met on five occasions during the year. Meetings are 
scheduled to coincide with our financial reporting cycle, with four 
regular meetings scheduled prior to our quarterly, half-year and 
annual results announcements. An additional meeting was held in 
May last year to facilitate the handover from Hugh Etheridge to Wayne 
Edmunds as chair of the Committee. The Group audit partner from 
Deloitte attends all meetings of the Committee and reports formally 
at three of these meetings.

A similar process is undertaken at each reporting date whereby the 
Committee receives a paper from management which comments on 
the principal balances in the financial statements and discusses any 
matters of a financial reporting nature arising since the last meeting. 
In addition, we receive reports from Deloitte at three of the meetings. 
The first, in December, contains the results of Deloitte’s review of  
our half-year results. The half-year review forms part of Deloitte’s 
planning for the annual audit and its full audit plan and proposed audit 
fee is presented to the February meeting of the Committee. Deloitte’s 
final report of the year is at the June committee meeting when we 
review the draft annual report. Deloitte’s report contains the findings  
from its audit work, including comments on the draft annual report.

Integrity of financial reporting
We reviewed the integrity of the quarterly and annual financial 
statements of the Company. This included the review and discussion 
of papers prepared by management and took account of the views of 
the external auditor. The key areas reviewed in the current year are 
set out below.

Carrying value of rental fleet
Management undertakes an annual review of the appropriateness of 
the useful lives and residual values assigned to property, plant and 
equipment and assesses whether they continue to be appropriate and 
whether there are any indications of impairment. We are satisfied that 
the judgements taken are appropriate and consistent with prior years.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

49

Directors’ reportCorporate	governance	report	continued

Strong corporate governance continued

Accounting for acquisitions
The Group made a number of acquisitions during the year. We 
reviewed the accounting for these acquisitions, including the 
identification of acquired intangible assets which relate predominantly 
to customer relationships and the recognition of, and subsequent 
accounting for, contingent consideration. We are satisfied that the 
judgements taken are appropriate. 

Going concern
We reviewed the appropriateness of the going concern assumption  
in preparing the financial statements. We reviewed a paper prepared 
by management which considered the Group’s internal budgets and 
forecasts of future performance, available financing facilities and 
facility headroom. Taking account of reasonably possible changes in 
trading performance, used equipment values and other factors that 
might affect availability, the Group expects to maintain significant 
headroom under its borrowing facilities for the forthcoming year.

We are satisfied that the going concern basis of preparation continues 
to be appropriate in preparing the financial statements.

Goodwill impairment review
The Group undertakes a formal goodwill impairment review as at 
30 April each year. This is based on the latest approved budget and 
three-year plan for Sunbelt and A-Plant. Reflecting the growth in the 
Group’s specialty businesses, management reassessed the identified 
cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) during the year. As a result of this 
review, the Group concluded that certain specialty businesses should 
be classified as separate CGUs, due to them generating separately 
identifiable cash flows. We reviewed the changes to the identified 
CGUs and agree with this assessment and are satisfied that there  
is no impairment of the carrying value of goodwill in the CGUs of 
Sunbelt or A-Plant.

External audit effectiveness
The Committee conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the 
audit of the 2015 financial statements, based on its own experience 
and drawing on input from senior corporate management and senior 
finance management at Sunbelt and A-Plant. The review was based 
on questionnaires completed by the members of the Committee  
and senior management. The questionnaires focused on the quality 
and experience of the team assigned to the audit, the robustness  
of the audit process, the quality of delivery and communication  
and governance and independence of the audit firm. Overall,  
the Committee is satisfied that the audit process and strategy  
for the audit of the 2015 financial statements was effective.

Non-audit services and external auditor independence
Each year we review the level of fees and nature of non-audit work 
undertaken and we were again satisfied that it was in line with our 
policy and did not detract from the objectivity and independence of the 
external auditor. It is accepted that certain work of a non-audit nature 
is best undertaken by the external auditor, for example, in connection 
with our debt issue in September 2014. The non-audit fees paid to  
the Company’s auditor, Deloitte LLP, for the year relate to its review  
of the Company’s interim results and comfort letters related to our 
September 2014 debt issue. Details of the fees payable to the external 
auditor are given in Note 4 to the financial statements.

Reappointment of external auditor
Deloitte was appointed external auditor in 2004. The external auditor 
is required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit 
every five years and this year is the current lead audit partner’s 
second year. The Committee considers the reappointment of the 
external auditor each year and is recommending to the Board that a 
proposal be put to shareholders at the 2015 Annual General Meeting 
for the reappointment of Deloitte. There are no contractual 
restrictions on the Company’s choice of external auditor and in 
making its recommendation the Committee took into account, 
amongst other matters, the tenure, objectivity and independence of 
Deloitte, as noted above, and its continuing effectiveness and cost.

The Committee has followed the legislative developments on audit 
tendering and rotation from the EU and Competition & Markets 
Authority. Under the transitional arrangements, the Group is  
not required to rotate its auditor until 2023. Notwithstanding the 
transitional arrangements, we will consider tendering the audit in 
2017 to fit in with the timing of the next rotation of the current audit 
partner scheduled for 2018.

Financial control and risk management
The Company’s objective is to maintain a strong control environment 
which minimises the financial risk faced by the business. It is the 
Committee’s responsibility to review and assess the effectiveness  
of the Company’s internal financial controls and internal control and 
risk management factors.

The Committee receives regular reports from internal operational 
audit, outsourced internal audit and the Group Risk Committee.  
The Group’s risk management processes are an area of focus as they 
adapt to reflect changes to our risk profile as a result of our significant 
growth, both organic and through bolt-on acquisitions.

50 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Internal audit
The internal operational audit teams in the two businesses undertake 
operational audits across the store network using a risk-based 
methodology. Each year we agree the scope of work and the coverage 
in the audit plan at the start of the year and receive formal reports on 
the results of the work at the half year and full year. During the year 
349 audits were completed, which is consistent with our goal for each 
of our nearly 650 stores to receive an audit visit at least once every 
two years. The audits are scored and action plans agreed with store 
management to remedy identified weaknesses. This continual 
process of reinforcement is key to the store level control environment.

In addition, we engage a major international accounting firm to 
perform detailed internal audits at the Group’s major support centres 
periodically. A review was undertaken during 2014/15. This identified  
a small number of minor improvement actions and plans have  
been agreed by management for them to be implemented  
where appropriate.

Whistle-blowing
There are policies and procedures in place whereby staff may, in 
confidence, report concerns about possible improprieties or breaches 
of Company policy or procedure. These suspicions are investigated 
and the results of the investigation are, where possible, reported  
to the whistle-blower. The Committee receives a report from the 
company secretary on control issues arising from whistle-blowing  
as well as from other sources.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The Nomination Committee meets as and when required to consider 
the structure, size and composition of the Board of directors. The 
Committee’s primary focus during the year remained succession 
planning and, in particular, the orderly replacement of the long-
serving non-executive directors.

The only change to the Board during the year was the retirement  
of Hugh Etheridge on 30 June 2014 after 10 years’ service.

The members of the Committee are:

Chairman

Chris Cole 
Michael Burrow 
Geoff Drabble 
Wayne Edmunds 
Bruce Edwards 
Ian Sutcliffe 

Eric Watkins is secretary to the Committee.

Main responsibilities of the Nomination Committee
The principal duties of the Committee are making recommendations 
to the Board on:

•  the Board’s structure, size, composition and balance;
•  the appointment, reappointment, retirement or continuation of any 

director; and

•  the continuation of any non-executive director who has served for  

a period of three years or more.

The Nomination Committee’s terms of reference will be available for 
inspection at the Annual General Meeting.

Summary of the Committee’s work during the year
The Committee met once during the year and the principal matters 
discussed were:

•  succession planning; and
•  the appointment of Ian Sutcliffe as senior independent director. 

By order of the Board

ERIC WATKINS
Company secretary
15 June 2015 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

51

Directors’ reportRemuneration	report

Remuneration

DEAR SHAREHOLDER 
I am pleased to present the Directors’ remuneration report for the 
year ended 30 April 2015.

The report is fully compliant with the regulations from the 
Department for Business, Innovation and Skills for remuneration 
reporting and meets the relevant requirements of the Listing  
Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and describes how the  
Board has applied the Principles of Good Governance relating to  
directors’ remuneration. 

It is pleasing to report another year of extremely strong performance 
across the business with market share gains and improving margins 
both in the US and the UK. We are delighted that the Group’s strong 
performance over the last 12 months has enabled it to become an 
established constituent of the FTSE 100, having entered the index  
in December 2013 for the first time in its history. This, coupled with  
yet another record dividend this year, has provided very strong total 
shareholder returns.

As the markets have improved the Group’s employees have become 
an even more attractive target for a number of our competitors and 
retaining our key staff has become an increasing priority. 

As stated in our remuneration policy, which was approved at last 
year’s annual general meeting, we aim to set base salaries for our 
executives considering their experience and performance, and to be 
competitive using information drawn from both internal and external 
sources; and also to take account of pay and conditions elsewhere in 
the Company. To varying degrees, our executive board members are 
paid significantly less than their peers at our competitor companies 
(and certainly all now have both base salaries and total remuneration 
that is below the median for our comparator companies in the FTSE 
50–100). We intend to address this disparity over the coming years.

For the coming year base salaries for Group and Sunbelt employees 
will be increased by between 0% and 10%. The chief executive’s salary 
has increased by 4%, in line with salary rises for employees as a 
whole, and other executive directors by 5%.

In accordance with the recommendations of the Code, and in 
accordance with the plans, the Deferred Bonus Plan and Performance 
Share Plan have been amended to introduce both malus and  
clawback provisions.

For this year’s PSP award it is the Company’s intention to grant both 
Geoff Drabble and Brendan Horgan the maximum award allowed 
under the scheme rules. As promised in my letter to major 
shareholders last year, I am consulting with the Group’s major 
shareholders on the performance conditions attaching to the element 
of the award above 150% of base salary. 

The Committee continues to believe that the remuneration policy and 
its implementation of it articulated on pages 53 to 58 are in the best 
long-term interests of the Company and all of its stakeholders. 

MICHAEL BURROW
Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee 

52 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

 
Remuneration policy

INTRODUCTION
This report has been prepared in accordance with the Listing Rules  
of the Financial Conduct Authority, the relevant sections of the 
Companies Act 2006 and The Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 
(‘the Regulations’). It explains how the Board has applied the 
Principles of Good Governance relating to directors’ remuneration,  
as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Regulations 
require the auditor to report to the Company’s members on elements 
of the Director’s remuneration report and to state whether, in their 
opinion, that part of the report has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006. The audited information  
is included on pages 59 to 63.

An ordinary resolution concerning the directors’ remuneration report 
(excluding remuneration policy) will be put to shareholders at the 
AGM on 2 September 2015.

The aim of the Company’s remuneration policy set out below is to 
reward executives for delivering a sustainable increase in 
shareholder value over a long period of time. Accordingly, we seek to:

•  set the total remuneration package at a level that is competitive in 

the markets in which we operate;

•  align executives’ interests with those of shareholders;
•  link a significant element of total remuneration to the achievement 

of stretching performance targets over the long term;

•  provide a total remuneration package that is balanced between 

fixed remuneration and variable, performance-based 
remuneration; and

•  enable recruitment and retention of high calibre executives without 

paying more than necessary to fill the role.

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS  
AND ASSESSMENT
N/A

MAXIMUM POTENTIAL VALUE
The policy is to pay salary  
around the median level for 
comparable positions in relation 
to the comparator groups.

Increases will normally be in line 
with both the market and typical 
increases for other employees 
across the Group.

Details of the executive directors’ 
salaries, and any increases 
awarded will be set out in the 
statement of implementation  
of remuneration policy for the 
following financial year.

REMUNERATION POLICY
Summary of the Group’s remuneration policy

LINK TO STRATEGY
Base salary
The purpose of the base 
salary is to attract and retain 
directors of the high calibre 
needed to deliver the 
long-term success of the 
Group without paying more 
than is necessary to fill  
the role.

OPERATION
Ordinarily, base salary is set annually 
and is payable on a monthly basis.

An executive director’s base salary  
is determined by the Committee.  
In deciding appropriate levels, the 
Committee considers the experience 
and performance of individuals and 
relationships across the Board and 
seeks to be competitive using 
information drawn from both internal 
and external sources and taking 
account of pay and conditions 
elsewhere in the Company.

The comparator group currently used 
to inform decisions on base salary is 
principally the FTSE 75 to 125 as these 
organisations reflect the size and 
index positioning of the Company.  
The Committee intends to review the 
comparator group each year, to 
ensure this remains appropriate,  
and any changes would be disclosed  
to shareholders in setting out the 
operation of the policy for the 
subsequent year.

Individuals who are recruited or 
promoted to the Board may, on 
occasion, have their salaries set below 
the policy level until they become 
established in their role. In such cases 
subsequent increases in salary may 
be higher until the target positioning  
is achieved.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

53

Directors’ reportRemuneration	report	continued

Remuneration policy continued

LINK TO STRATEGY
Benefits
To provide competitive 
employment benefits.

Pension
To provide a competitive 
retirement benefit.

Deferred Bonus Plan 
(‘DBP’)
The purpose of the DBP is  
to incentivise executives to 
deliver stretching annual 
financial performance while 
aligning short-term and 
long-term reward through 
compulsory deferral of  
a proportion into share 
equivalents. This promotes 
the alignment of executive 
and shareholder interests.

OPERATION
The executive directors’ benefits will 
generally include medical insurance, 
life cover, car allowance and travel 
and accommodation allowances.

The type and level of benefits provided 
is reviewed periodically to ensure they 
remain market competitive.
The Company makes pension 
contributions (or pays a salary 
supplement in lieu of pension 
contributions) of between 5% and  
40% of an executive’s base salary.
The DBP runs for consecutive 
three-year periods with a significant 
proportion of any earned bonus being 
compulsorily deferred into share 
equivalents. Based on achievement  
of annual performance targets, 
participants receive two-thirds of the 
combined total of their earned bonus 
for the current year and the value of 
any share equivalent awards brought 
forward from the previous year at the 
then share price. The other one-third 
is compulsorily deferred into a new 
award of share equivalents evaluated 
at the then share price.

Deferred share equivalents are 
subject to 50% forfeiture for each 
subsequent year of the plan period 
where performance falls below  
the forfeiture threshold set by  
the Committee.

At the expiration of each three-year 
period, participants will, subject  
to attainment of the performance 
conditions for that year, receive in 
cash their bonus for that year plus  
any brought forward deferral at its 
then value.

Dividend equivalents may be provided 
on deferred share equivalents.

54 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

MAXIMUM POTENTIAL VALUE
The maximum will be set at  
the cost of providing the  
listed benefits.

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS  
AND ASSESSMENT
N/A

The maximum contribution  
is 40% of salary.

N/A

The maximum annual bonus 
opportunity under the DBP  
is 200% of base salary.

Target performance earns  
50% of the maximum  
bonus opportunity.

The current DBP performance 
conditions are:

•   Group underlying pre-tax 
profit for the Group chief 
executive and finance director;
•   Sunbelt underlying operating 
profit for the Sunbelt chief 
executive; and

•   A-Plant underlying operating 

profit for the A-Plant  
chief executive.

Stretching financial targets are 
set by the Committee at the start 
of each financial year. 

The Company operates in a 
rapidly changing sector and 
therefore the Committee may 
change the balance of the 
measures, or use different 
measures for subsequent 
financial years, as appropriate.

The Committee has the 
discretion to adjust targets or 
weightings for any exceptional 
events that may occur during  
the year.

The Remuneration Committee  
is of the opinion that given the 
commercial sensitivity arising  
in relation to the detailed 
financial targets used for the 
DBP, disclosing precise targets 
for the bonus plan in advance 
would not be in shareholder 
interests. Actual targets, 
performance achieved and 
awards made will be published 
at the end of the performance 
periods so shareholders can 
assess fully the basis for any 
payouts under the plan.

OPERATION
PSP awards are granted annually  
and vesting is dependent on the 
achievement of performance 
conditions. Performance is  
measured over a three-year period.

The operation of the PSP is reviewed 
annually to ensure that grant levels, 
performance criteria and other 
features remain appropriate to the 
Company’s current circumstances.

Dividend equivalents may be provided 
on vested shares.

MAXIMUM POTENTIAL VALUE
The maximum annual award 
which can be made under the 
PSP scheme has a market value 
at the grant date of 200% of  
base salary.

At target performance 32.5%  
of the award vests.

In 2015/16 the award for Sat 
Dhaiwal and Suzanne Wood will 
be 150% and for Geoff Drabble 
and Brendan Horgan, 200% of 
base salary.

LINK TO STRATEGY
Performance Share 
Plan (‘PSP’)
The purpose of the PSP  
is to attract, retain and 
incentivise executives  
to optimise business 
performance through the 
economic cycle and hence, 
build a stronger underlying 
business with sustainable 
long-term shareholder  
value creation.

This is an inherently cyclical 
business with high capital 
requirements. The 
performance conditions have 
been chosen to ensure that 
there is an appropriate 
dynamic tension between 
growing earnings, delivering 
strong RoI, whilst maintaining 
leverage discipline.

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS  
AND ASSESSMENT
Awards are subject to continued 
employment and achievement 
of a range of balanced and 
holistic performance conditions 
that are maintained across the 
cycle. The current performance 
criteria are total shareholder 
return (40%), earnings per 
share (25%), return on 
investment (25%) and leverage 
(10%).

Awards vest on a pro-rata basis 
as follows:

Total shareholder return – 
median to upper quartile 
performance against an 
appropriate comparator group 

Earnings per share – compound 
growth of 6–12% per annum

Return on investment – 10–15%

Leverage – less than, or equal 
to, 2.5 times

Shareholding policy
Ensures a long-term 
locked-in alignment between 
the executive directors  
and shareholders.

The Committee requires the executive 
directors to build and maintain a 
material shareholding in the Company 
over a reasonable time frame, which 
would normally be five years.

Minimum shareholding 
requirement:

•  Chief executive 200% of salary
•  Other executive directors 

100% of salary

The Committee has discretion to 
increase the shareholding requirement.

There were no changes to the remuneration policy during the year.

Notes to the policy table:
1.   In relation to the DBP, individual awards to directors are dependent on the most relevant measure of profit for the role which they perform, and thus over which they have the  
most direct influence. Profit is a key component of earnings per share, one of the Company’s key performance indicators and is considered the primary measure which aligns  
with shareholders’ interests.

2.   In relation to the PSP:

a.  Total shareholder return measures the relative return from Ashtead against an appropriate comparator group, providing alignment with shareholders’ interests.
  b.   Earnings per share is also a key measure ensuring sustainable profit generation over the longer term and is a measure which is aligned with shareholders’ interests.

c.   Return on investment is a key internal measure to ensure the effective use of capital in the business which is highly cyclical and with high capital requirements.

  d.   The use of leverage alongside the other performance measures ensures there is an appropriate dynamic tension and balance in maintaining leverage discipline in a capital-

intensive business.

3.   In relation to both the DBP and the PSP, malus and clawback provisions exist which enable the Committee to reduce or eliminate the number of shares, notional shares or unvested 
shares held or reduce the amount of any money payable or potentially payable and/or to require the transfer to the Company of all or some of the shares acquired or to pay to the 
Company an amount equal to all or part of any benefit or value derived from, or attributable to, the plans in case of material misstatement of accounts or action or conduct of an 
award holder or award holders which in the reasonable opinion of the Board, amounts to fraud or gross misconduct.

Share-based incentives and dilution limits
The Company observes an overall dilution limit of 10% in 10 years for all Company share schemes, together with a limit of 5% in 10 years for 
discretionary schemes.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

55

Directors’ report 
 
Remuneration	report	continued

Remuneration policy continued

Remuneration policy on new hires
When hiring a new executive director, the Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with the remuneration policy summarised 
above. In addition, where the executive has to relocate, the level of relocation package will be assessed on a case by case basis. Although it  
is not the Committee’s policy to buy-out former incentive arrangements as a matter of course, it will consider compensating an incoming 
executive with like-kind incentive arrangements for foregone incentives with their previous employer, taking into account the length of the 
period they were held and an assessment of the likely vesting value. The Committee will ensure that such arrangements are in the best 
interests of both the Company and the shareholders without paying more than is necessary.

Total remuneration opportunity
Our remuneration arrangements are designed so that a significant proportion of pay is dependent on the delivery of short- and long-term 
objectives designed to create shareholder value.

The charts below illustrate the potential future reward opportunity for each of the executive directors, based on the remuneration policy  
set out on pages 53 to 55 and the base salary at 1 May 2015 and the sterling/dollar exchange rate at 30 April 2015.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE – GEOFF DRABBLE (£’000)

FINANCE DIRECTOR – SUZANNE WOOD (£’000)

Minimum

66%

34% 1,008

Minimum

79%

21% 467

Target

32%

15%

32%

21%

2,108

Target

40%

Maximum

19%

9%

1,000

36%

36%

3,674

Maximum

24%

2,000

3,000

4,000

11%

6%

500

30% 19%

924

35%

1,000

35%

1,574

1,500

2,000

SUNBELT CHIEF EXECUTIVE – BRENDAN HORGAN (£’000)

A-PLANT CHIEF EXECUTIVE – SAT DHAIWAL (£’000)

Minimum

93%

7% 404

Minimum

79%

21% 317

Target

41%

3%

30%

26%

930

Target

40%

Maximum

21%

2%

33%

44%

1,719

Maximum

24%

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

11%

6%

30% 19%

626

35%

500

35%

1,067

1,000

1,500

	 Salary	

	 Pension	and	benefits	

	 DBP	

	 PSP

In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made:

Minimum

Target
Maximum

BASE AND PENSION
Base salary, benefits and pension 
or cash in lieu of pension
As above
As above

DBP
No DBP payment payable

PSP
No vesting

On target DBP payment (50% of maximum)
Maximum DBP payment

32.5% vesting
Full vesting

In all scenarios, the impact of share price movements on the value of PSPs and mandatory bonus deferrals into the DBP have been excluded.

56 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

	
	
	
Service contracts
The Company’s policy is that executive directors have rolling contracts which are terminable by either party giving the other 12 months’ notice, 
which are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office. The service contracts for each of the executive directors all contain 
non-compete provisions appropriate to their roles.

Policy on payment for loss of office
Upon the termination of employment of any executive director, any compensation will be determined in accordance with the relevant provisions 
of the director’s employment contract and the rules of any incentive scheme which are summarised below.

ELEMENT
Base salary 
and benefits

APPROACH
In the event of termination by the Company, there will be no compensation 
for loss of office due to misconduct or normal resignation.

APPLICATION OF COMMITTEE DISCRETION
The Committee has discretion to make a lump 
sum payment in lieu.

In other circumstances, executive directors may be entitled to receive 
compensation for loss of office which will be a maximum of 12 months’ salary.

Such payments will be equivalent to the monthly salary and benefits that the 
executive would have received if still in employment with the Company. 
Executive directors will be expected to mitigate their loss within a 12-month 
period of their departure from the Company.
Pension contributions or payments in lieu of pension contribution will be 
made during the notice period. No additional payments will be made in 
respect of pension contributions for loss of office.
The treatment of the Deferred Bonus Plan is governed by the rules of  
the plan.

Pension

Deferred 
Bonus Plan

Cessation of employment
If a participant ceases to be employed by a Group company for any reason 
an award that has not vested shall lapse unless the Committee in its 
absolute discretion determines otherwise for ‘good leaver’ reasons 
(including, but not limited to, injury, disability, ill health, retirement, 
redundancy or transfer of the business).

If the Committee determines that deferred awards held in a participant’s 
plan account shall not lapse on cessation of employment, all deferred 
awards held in the participant’s plan account shall vest immediately and 
the Committee shall determine:

(a)  whether the measurement date for that plan year is brought forward  
to the date of cessation or remains at the end of the plan year; and

(b)  whether a reduction is applied to the payment to take account of the 
proportion of the plan year elapsed and the contribution to the Group.

If the Committee determines that the measurement date is the date of 
cessation, the Committee shall pro-rate the performance conditions to  
the date of cessation.
Change of control
On a change of control, all deferred awards held in a participant’s plan 
account shall vest immediately and the Committee shall determine:

(a) that the measurement date is the date of the change of control; and

(b)  whether a reduction is applied to the payment to take account of the 

proportion of the plan year elapsed and the participant’s contribution  
to the Group.

The Committee shall pro-rate the performance conditions to the 
measurement date. 

In the event of an internal reorganisation, the Committee may determine 
that awards are replaced by equivalent awards.

The Committee has discretion to make a lump 
sum payment in lieu.

The Committee has the discretion to 
determine that an executive director is a  
good leaver.

The Committee retains discretion to set  
the measurement date for the purposes of 
determining performance measurement and 
whether to pro-rate the contribution for that 
plan year. 

It should be noted that it is the Committee’s 
policy only to apply such discretions if the 
circumstances at the time are, in its opinion, 
sufficiently exceptional, and to provide a full 
explanation to shareholders where discretion 
is exercised.

The Committee retains discretion to pro-rate 
the contribution for that plan year. 

It is the Committee’s policy in normal 
circumstances to pro-rate to time; however,  
in exceptional circumstances where the nature 
of the transaction produces exceptional  
value for shareholders and provided the 
performance targets are met, the Committee 
will consider whether pro-rating is equitable.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

57

Directors’ reportRemuneration	report	continued

Remuneration policy continued

ELEMENT
PSP

APPROACH
The treatment of awards is governed by the rules of the plan.

Cessation of employment
If a participant ceases to be employed by a Group company for any reason 
an award that has not vested shall lapse unless the Committee in its 
absolute discretion determines otherwise for ‘good leaver’ reasons 
(including, but not limited to, injury, disability, ill health, retirement, 
redundancy or transfer of the business).

Where the participant is a good leaver, and at the discretion of the 
Committee, awards may continue until the normal time of vesting and with 
the performance target and any other conditions considered at the time  
of vesting. If the participant’s awards vest, the proportion of the awards 
which shall vest will be determined by the Committee in its absolute 
discretion taking into account such factors as the Committee may consider 
relevant including, but not limited to, the time the award has been held  
by the participant and having regard to the performance target and any 
further condition imposed under the rules of the plan.

Alternatively, the Committee may decide that the award may vest on the 
date of cessation taking into account such factors as the Committee may 
consider relevant including, but not limited to, the time the award has been 
held by the participant and having regard to the performance target and 
any further condition imposed under the rules of the plan.
Change of control
The proportion of the awards which shall vest will be determined by the 
Committee in its absolute discretion taking into account such factors as 
the Committee may consider relevant including, but not limited to, the  
time the award has been held by the participant and having regard to the 
performance target and any further condition imposed under the rules  
of the plan.

APPLICATION OF COMMITTEE DISCRETION
The Committee has the discretion to 
determine that an executive director is a  
good leaver. 

The Committee retains discretion to set the 
vesting date. 

It should be noted that it is the Committee’s 
policy only to apply such discretions if the 
circumstances at the time are, in its opinion, 
sufficiently exceptional, and to provide a full 
explanation to shareholders where discretion 
is exercised.

It is the Committee’s policy to measure the 
level of satisfaction of performance targets  
on a change of control. It is the Committee’s 
policy in normal circumstances to pro-rate to 
time; however, in exceptional circumstances 
where the nature of the transaction produces 
exceptional value for shareholders and 
provided the performance targets are met, the 
Committee will consider whether pro-rating  
is equitable.

There is no agreement between the Company and its directors or employees, providing for compensation for loss of office or employment  
that occurs as a result of a takeover bid. The Committee reserves the right to make payments where such payments are made in good faith  
in discharge of a legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation); or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim 
arising in connection with the termination of an executive director’s office or employment.

When determining any loss of office payment for a departing individual the Committee will always seek to minimise cost to the Company whilst 
seeking to address the circumstances at the time.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Company
The constituent parts of the senior management team’s remuneration package mirror those of the executives. The performance conditions 
attaching to PSP awards are common throughout the Company.

When considering executive compensation, the Committee is advised of, and takes into account, changes to the remuneration of  
employees elsewhere within the Company. The Committee does not consider it appropriate to consult with employees when determining 
executive remuneration.

58 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Annual report on remuneration

Remuneration policy for non-executive directors
The remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by the Board within limits set out in the Articles of Association. None of the 
non-executive directors has a service contract with the Company and their appointment is therefore terminable by the Board at any time.  
When recruiting a non-executive director, the remuneration arrangements offered will be in line with the policy table below:

APPROACH TO FEES
Fees are set at a level to attract and retain high calibre 
non-executive directors.
Fees are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they reflect 
the time commitment required and practice in companies  
of a similar size and complexity.

BASIS OF FEES
Each non-executive director is paid a basic fee for undertaking non-executive 
director and board responsibilities.
Additional fees are paid to the chairman and the chairs of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees and the senior independent director.

Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee believes that it is important to maintain an open and transparent dialogue with shareholders on remuneration matters.

The Committee sought the views of its major shareholders on the changes made to the base salary of the chief executive with effect from  
1 May 2014 and the deferred element under the DBP. The views expressed by the shareholders have been taken into account in determining 
base pay for 2015/16.

The Committee is consulting with major shareholders over the performance conditions to be applied to the element of the award to executives 
above 150% of base salary under the PSP. 

Looking forward, the Committee will continue to engage with shareholders regarding material changes to the application of the approved 
policy or proposed changes to the policy.

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
Single total figure for remuneration (audited information)
Executive directors
The single figure for the total remuneration received by each executive director for the year ended 30 April 2015 and the prior year is shown  
in the table below:

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Salary

2014
£’000
230
534
324
307
1,395

2015
£’000
245
641
345
338
1,569

Benefits(i)

Pension(ii)

Deferred
Bonus Plan(iii)

Annual
Performance

Bonus(iv)

PSP(v)

Total

2015
£’000
17
75
17
79
188

2014
£’000
16
76
14
73
179

2015
£’000
49
256
11
19
335

2014
£’000
19
213
11
15
258

2015
£’000
250
854
345
338
1,787

2014
£’000
–
2,593
869
810
4,272

2015
£’000
–
–
–
–
–

2014
£’000
240
–
–
–
240

2015
£’000
769
2,488
970
970
5,197

2014
£’000
1,240
3,856
1,548
1,204
7,848

2015
2014
£’000
£’000
1,330
1,745
4,314
7,272
1,688
2,766
1,744
2,409
9,076 14,192

(i) 

 Benefits include the taxable benefit of company owned cars, private medical insurance and subscriptions and other taxable allowances. Other taxable allowances include car, 
travel and accommodation allowances.

(ii)   The amount for Sat Dhaiwal represents a cash payment in lieu of pension contributions at 20% of salary. Until 31 March 2014, Sat Dhaiwal was a contributory member of the 

Ashtead Group Retirement Benefits Plan. The amount shown above for 2014 represents the increase in his accrued pension benefit, plus one month’s payment in lieu of pension 
contributions. The amount for Geoff Drabble represents a cash payment in lieu of pension contributions at 40% of salary. The amounts included for Brendan Horgan and Suzanne 
Wood represent the co-match under Sunbelt’s 401K defined contribution pension plan and 409A deferred compensation plan.

(iii)   Deferred Bonus Plan includes the cash received by each director from the DBP for 2014/15 performance as explained on page 54. This includes 67% of this year’s bonus for  

each director.

(iv)   Annual Performance Bonus represents the cash award under the Annual Performance Bonus plan for 2013/14 performance.
(v)   The PSP value is calculated as the number of shares vesting, valued at the market value of those shares, plus the payment in lieu of dividends paid during the vesting period. Market 
value is the market value on the day the awards vest (if they vest before the date the financial statements are approved) or the average market value for the last three months of 
the financial year (if the awards vest after the date the financial statements are approved). The 2012 award is expected to vest fully on 18 September 2015 and has been valued at an 
average market value of 1,114p for the three months ended 30 April 2015, plus 34.25p per share in lieu of dividends paid during the vesting period. The PSP value for 2014 has been 
adjusted to reflect the actual market value on the date of vesting of 934p.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

59

Directors’ reportRemuneration	report	continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

The significant value attributable to the PSP awards within the single total figure for remuneration reflects the significant appreciation of the 
share price since the awards were granted. This is illustrated as follows:

£’000

Sat
Dhaiwal

Geoff
Drabble

220

200

711

400

600

800

200

400

600

800

1,000

549

Brendan
Horgan

277

693

1,000

2,000

3,000

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,777

Suzanne
Wood

277

693

	 Performance	element	based	on	share	price	at	date	of	grant	
	 Share	price	appreciation	element	since	grant	date	plus	cash	in	lieu	of	dividends

Directors’ pension benefits (audited information)
The Company makes a payment of 20% of Sat Dhaiwal’s base salary in lieu of making any further pension contributions. Sat Dhaiwal ceased 
his contributory membership of the Ashtead Group plc Retirement Benefits Plan (‘Retirement Benefits Plan’) at the end of March 2014. 

The Company makes a payment of 40% of Geoff Drabble’s base salary in lieu of providing him with any pension arrangements. This was  
agreed prior to his joining the Company in 2006 and reflected the fact that he was leaving a generous defined benefit arrangement at his 
previous employer.

Brendan Horgan and Suzanne Wood are members of the Sunbelt 401K defined contribution pension plan and the 409A deferred compensation 
plan. They are entitled to a company co-match conditional on contributing into the 401K plan or deferring into the 409A plan. The co-match is 
limited to amounts permitted by regulatory agencies and is effected either by a company payment into the 401K plan or an enhanced deferral 
into the 409A plan and was $16,870 for Brendan Horgan and $30,955 for Suzanne Wood in 2014/15.

At 30 April 2015, the total amount available to Brendan Horgan but deferred under the Sunbelt deferred compensation plan was $406,770 or 
£264,686. This includes an allocated investment return of $31,242 or £19,549 (2014: £21,435). The amount available to Suzanne Wood under  
the same plan was $292,197 or £190,133. This includes an allocated investment return of $25,600 or £16,019 (2014: £16,165).

The Deferred Bonus Plan (audited information)
The performance targets for the Deferred Bonus Plan for the year were as follows:

Forfeiture**
Threshold
Target
Maximum
Actual – reported
Actual – budget exchange rates

*  Underlying profit.
** No share equivalents brought forward.

Group pre-tax
 profit*
n/a
£390m
£430m
£450m
£490m
£470m

10%
50%
100%

Sunbelt 
operating profit*
n/a
$740m
$780m
$815m
$833m
n/a

10%
50%
100%

A-Plant 
operating profit*
n/a
£35m
£37m
£45m
£46m
n/a

10%
50%
100%

The performance targets for Geoff Drabble and Suzanne Wood for the year to 30 April 2015 related directly to the underlying pre-tax profits  
of Ashtead Group. The targets for Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal related to the underlying operating profit of Sunbelt and A-Plant 
respectively. The Group target set by the Committee for full entitlement under the DBP was significantly ahead of both prior year (£362m) and 
consensus market expectation of £410m when the target was set. The targets for Sunbelt and A-Plant were significantly ahead of the prior year 
of $631m and £25m respectively. For the year to 30 April 2015, the underlying pre-tax profit for Ashtead Group was £490m and underlying 
operating profit for Sunbelt and A-Plant was $833m and £46m respectively. As a result, the maximum bonus entitlements were earned and 
were equivalent to 200% of base salary for Geoff Drabble and 150% of base salary for Suzanne Wood, Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal.

As 2014/15 was the first year of the three-year DBP period, there were no share equivalent awards brought forward.

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

60 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Number of share equivalent awards

Brought
forward
–
–
–
–

Granted
11,101
37,940
15,892
15,603

Carried
forward
11,101
37,940
15,892
15,603

The Performance Share Plan
The performance criteria have varied in prior years. Following consultation with shareholders in 2011/12, a balanced and holistic approach  
was adopted involving four performance measures selected because delivery of them through the cycle is a significant challenge and the 
achievement of them will deliver optimum sustainable performance over the long term. The performance criteria are as follows:

Performance criteria (measured over three years)

TSR (% of award)
From date of grant versus FTSE 250 Index 
(12.5% at median; 50% at upper quartile)
Performance criteria (measured over three years)

Award date
27/7/11

Financial year
2011/12

Award date
19/9/12

Financial year
2012/13

TSR (40%)
From date of grant 
versus FTSE 250 Index 
(25% of this element  
of the award will vest 
at median; 100% at 
upper quartile)

EPS (% of award)
2013/14 EPS between 8p (12.5% vested) 
and 12p (50% vested)

Status
Vested in full in July 2014 

RoI (25%)
25% of this element 
of the award will 
vest at an RoI of 10% 
with 100% vesting 
with an RoI of 15%

Leverage (10%)
100% of this 
element of the 
award will vest if the 
ratio of net debt to 
EBITDA is equal to, 
or is less than,  
2.5 times

Status
2012 award 
Expected to vest in full  
in September 2015

EPS (25%)
25% of this element 
of the award will 
vest if EPS 
compound growth 
for the three years 
ending 30 April 
immediately prior  
to the vesting date  
is 6% per annum, 
rising to 100% 
vesting if EPS 
compound growth is 
equal to, or exceeds, 
12% per annum
As above

1/7/13

2013/14

As above

19/6/14

2014/15

From 1 May of the 
year of grant versus 
the FTSE 350 
companies ranked 
75th to 125th by 
market capitalisation

As above

As above

As above

As above

As above

2013 award 
TSR performance is in 
the upper quartile, EPS 
growth of 41%, RoI of 
19% and leverage of  
1.8 times
2014 award 
TSR performance is in 
the second quartile, EPS 
growth of 34%, RoI of 
19% and leverage of  
1.8 times

For performance between the lower and upper target ranges, vesting of the award is scaled on a straight-line basis.

The 2011 PSP award vested in full on 26 July 2014 with EPS for 2013/14 of 46.6p exceeding the upper target of 12p and the Company’s TSR 
performance ranked it first within the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts).

EPS is based on the profit before exceptional items, fair value remeasurements and amortisation of acquired intangibles less the tax charge 
included in the accounts. Historically TSR performance has been measured relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) rather than 
a specific comparator group of companies because there are few direct comparators to the Company listed in London and because the 
Company was a FTSE 250 company. From 2014/15 the comparator group is comprised of those companies in the FTSE 350 ranked 75th to 
125th by market capitalisation (excluding investment trusts). The Company’s TSR performance relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding investment 
trusts) is shown on page 64. 

The executive directors are required to retain at least 50% of shares that vest under the PSP until such time as they have achieved the 
shareholding guideline detailed on page 55.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

61

Directors’ reportRemuneration	report	continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Single total figure of remuneration (audited information)
Non-executive directors

Chris Cole
Michael Burrow
Wayne Edmunds
Bruce Edwards
Hugh Etheridge
Ian Sutcliffe

2015
£’000
193
59
58
49
11
58
428

Fees

2014
£’000
160
55
10
45
65
45
380

The non-executive directors did not receive any remuneration from the Company in addition to the fees detailed above.

Scheme interests awarded between 1 May 2014 and 30 April 2015 (audited information)
Performance Share Plan
The awards made on 19 June 2014 are subject to the rules of the PSP and the achievement of stretching performance conditions, which are set 
out on page 55, over a three-year period to 30 April 2017. The awards are summarised below:

Geoff Drabble
Sat Dhaiwal
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Number
111,314
27,794
46,683
45,834

Face value
of award
£‘000
961
240
403
396

Face value of
award as %
of base salary
150%
100%
125%
125%

% of award vesting
for target
performance
32.5%
32.5%
32.5%
32.5%

Note
PSP awards were allocated on 19 June 2014 using the closing mid-market share price (864p) of Ashtead Group plc on that day.

Payments to past directors (audited information)
No payments were made to past directors of the Company during the year.

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
During the year there have been no payments made to directors for loss of office.

Statement of executive directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)
The executive directors are subject to a minimum shareholding obligation. The chief executive is expected to hold shares at least equal to 200% 
of base salary and the remaining executive directors are expected to hold shares at least equal to 100% of base salary. As shown below, the 
executive directors comply with these shareholding requirements.

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Shares held
outright at
30 April 2015
398,375
1,303,297
493,874
208,805

Shares held
outright at
30 April 2015
as a % of salary
1,775%
2,178%
1,464%
630%

Outstanding 
unvested
scheme interests
subject to
performance 
measures
127,914
448,423
182,474
178,956

Total of all share
interests and
outstanding
scheme interests
at 30 April 2015
526,289
1,751,720
676,348
387,761

Notes
1.   Interests in shares held at 30 April 2015 include shares held by connected persons.
2.   All outstanding scheme interests take the form of rights to receive shares.
3.   In calculating shareholding as a percentage of salary, the average share price for the three months ended 30 April 2015, the sterling/dollar exchange rate at 30 April 2015, and the 

directors’ salaries at 1 May 2015, have been used.

62 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

Performance Share Plan awards
Awards made under the PSP, and those which remain outstanding at 30 April 2015, are shown in the table below:

Sat Dhaiwal

Geoff Drabble

Brendan Horgan

Suzanne Wood

Date of
grant
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13
19.06.14
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13
19.06.14
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13
19.06.14
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13
19.06.14

Held at
30 April 2014
130,641
67,012
33,108
–
406,176
216,680
120,429
–
163,049
84,491
51,300
–
126,816
84,491
48,631
–

Exercised
during the year
130,641
–
–
–
406,176
–
–
–
163,049
–
–
–
126,816
–
–
–

Granted
during the year
–
–
–
27,794
–
–
–
111,314
–
–
–
46,683
–
–
–
45,834

Held at
30 April 2015
–
67,012
33,108
27,794
–
216,680
120,429
111,314
–
84,491
51,300
46,683
–
84,491
48,631
45,834

The performance conditions attaching to the PSP awards are detailed on page 61. The market price of the awards granted during the year was 
864p on the date of grant.

Statement of non-executive directors’ shareholding (audited information)
As at 30 April 2015, the non-executive directors’ interests in ordinary shares of the Company were:

Michael Burrow
Chris Cole
Wayne Edmunds
Bruce Edwards
Ian Sutcliffe

Number
20,000
132,082
–
40,000
12,100

The market price of the Company’s shares at the end of the financial year was 1,126p and the highest and lowest closing prices during the 
financial year were 1,190p and 799p respectively.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

63

Directors’ reportRemuneration	report	continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Performance graph and table
Over the last seven years the Company has generated a 22-fold total shareholder return (‘TSR’) which is shown below. The following graph 
compares the Company’s TSR performance with the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) over the seven years ended 30 April 2015. 
The FTSE 250 is the Stock Exchange index the Committee considers to be the most appropriate to the size and scale of the Company’s 
operations over that period.

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (£)

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

Apr 08

Apr 09

Apr 10

Apr 11

Apr 12

Apr 13

Apr 14

Apr 15

	 Ashtead	

	 FTSE	250	(excluding	investment	trusts)

During the same period, the total remuneration received by the Group chief executive has increased as a result of the strong performance of 
the business:

Total remuneration (£’000)
Underlying profit before tax (£m)
Proportion of maximum annual bonus 
potential awarded
Proportion of PSP vesting

2008
1,061
112
60%

0%

2009
826
87
25%

0%

2010
1,037
5
75%

2011
2,166
31
100%

2012
4,613
131
100%

2013
6,510
245
100%

2014
7,272
362
100%

2015
4,314
490
100%

0%

50%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Percentage change in remuneration of chief executive
The table below summarises the percentage change in remuneration of Geoff Drabble, the chief executive, between the years ended 30 April 
2014 and 30 April 2015 and the average percentage change over the same period for the Group as a whole. Geoff Drabble participates in the 
Deferred Bonus Plan and his annual bonus reflects payments under this plan. Details are provided on page 54.

Chief executive percentage change
Group percentage change

Salary
20%
3%

Benefits
-1%
0%

Annual bonus
-67%
-12%

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the year-on-year change in underlying profit before tax, dividends and aggregate staff costs (see Note 4: Operating 
costs and other income to the consolidated financial statements).

Underlying profit before tax
Dividend declared
Aggregate staff costs

2013/14
£m
362
57.6
417

2014/15
£m
490
76.5
486

Change
%
35%
33%
17%

64 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

	
 
 
Remuneration for the year commencing 1 May 2015
Basic salary
Salary with effect from 1 May 2015:

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

£250,000
£666,500
$577,500
$567,000

The salaries of A-Plant employees, including Sat Dhaiwal, will be 
reviewed in November 2015.

Benefits
Benefits will continue to be applied as per the Policy and application  
in previous years.

Retirement benefits
Retirement benefits will continue to be applied as per the Policy and 
application in previous years.

Deferred Bonus Plan
Geoff Drabble, Suzanne Wood, Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal 
participate in the DBP. The maximum annual bonus opportunities  
as a percentage of salary are 200% for Geoff Drabble and 150% for 
Suzanne Wood, Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal. The performance 
measures are set out on page 54. These performance measures 
should be viewed in conjunction with the wider performance targets 
set for the 2015/16 PSP awards as detailed on page 55.

Non-executive fees
Fees for non-executive directors with effect from 1 May 2015 are:

Chris Cole
Michael Burrow
Wayne Edmunds
Bruce Edwards
Ian Sutcliffe

£200,000
£60,000
£60,000
£50,000
£60,000

Consideration by the directors of matters relating  
to directors’ remuneration
The Company has established a Remuneration Committee (‘the 
Committee’) in accordance with the recommendations of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. The Committee is comprised of 
independent non-executive directors. The members of the Committee 
are as follows:

Chairman

Michael Burrow 
Wayne Edmunds
Bruce Edwards 
Ian Sutcliffe 

None of the Committee members has any personal financial interests, 
other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided. None of  
the members of the Committee is or has been at any time one of the 
Company’s executive directors or an employee. None of the executive 
directors serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors 
of any other company which has one or more of its executive directors 
serving on the Company’s Board or Remuneration Committee.

Performance Share Plan
A 2015 PSP award will be made as follows:

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Value of
2015 award
£’000
375
1,333
752
553

The Group’s chief executive, Geoff Drabble, normally attends the 
meetings of the Committee to advise on operational aspects of the 
implementation of existing policies and policy proposals, except 
where his own remuneration is concerned, as does the non-executive 
chairman, Chris Cole. Eric Watkins acts as secretary to the 
Committee. Under Michael Burrow’s direction, the company secretary 
and Geoff Drabble have responsibility for ensuring the Committee has 
the information relevant to its deliberations.

These awards are based on the directors’ salaries as at 1 May 2015 
and, where appropriate, the sterling/dollar exchange rate at  
30 April 2015. 

In formulating its policies, the Committee has access to professional 
advice from outside the Company, as required, and to publicly 
available reports and statistics. The Committee appointed 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) to provide independent advice 
on various matters it considered. PwC was appointed in 2011 following 
an interview process by the Committee. PwC is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to its code in relation 
to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The fees paid to  
PwC for its professional advice on remuneration during the year  
were £40,000. PwC also provided specific tax services to the Company 
during the year. The Committee is satisfied that neither the nature  
nor scope of these non-remuneration services by PwC impaired its 
independence as advisers to the Committee.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

65

Directors’ reportRemuneration	report	continued

Annual report on remuneration continued

Main responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee
The principal duties of the Committee are:

•  determining and agreeing with the Board the framework  

and policy for the remuneration of the executive directors and  
senior employees;

•  ensuring that executive management is provided with appropriate 

incentives to encourage enhanced performance in a fair and 
responsible manner;

•  reviewing and determining the total remuneration packages for 
each executive director including bonuses and incentive plans;
•  determining the policy for the scope of pension arrangements, 
service agreements, termination payments and compensation 
commitments for each of the executive directors; and

•  ensuring compliance with all statutory and regulatory provisions.

Summary of the Committee’s work during the year
The principal matters addressed during the year were:

•  assessment of the achievement of the executive directors against 

their annual bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan objectives;

•  setting Deferred Bonus Plan performance targets for the year;
•  assessment of performance for the vesting of the 2011 PSP awards;
•  grant of 2014 PSP awards and setting the performance targets 

attaching thereto;

•  review of executive base salaries; and
•  approval of the Director’s remuneration report for the year ended 

30 April 2014.

Shareholder voting
An ordinary resolution concerning the Directors’ remuneration  
report (excluding remuneration policy) will be put to shareholders  
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Ashtead is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and considers 
voting outcomes carefully. In the event of a substantial vote against a 
resolution in relation to directors’ remuneration, Ashtead would seek 
to understand the reasons for any such vote and would detail any 
actions taken in response to it in the Directors’ remuneration report 
the following year.

The following table sets out the voting results in respect of our 
previous report in 2014:

2013/14 Directors’ annual report on 
remuneration
2013/14 Directors’ remuneration policy

For

Against

69.8%
96.8%

30.2%
3.2%

21,384,592 votes were withheld (c.4% of share capital) out of total 
votes cast of 327,064,797 in relation to the directors’ remuneration 
report and 8,861,744 votes were withheld (c.2% of share capital)  
out of total votes of 327,064,797 in relation to the directors’ 
remuneration policy.

This report has been approved by the Remuneration Committee and  
is signed on its behalf by:

MICHAEL BURROW
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
15 June 2015

66 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

 
Other	statutory	disclosures

Pages 42 to 69 inclusive (together with the sections of the Annual 
Report incorporated by reference) form part of the Directors’ report.

Other information, which forms part of the Directors’ report, can be 
found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

Transfer of shares
Certified shares
(i)   Transfers may be in favour of more than four joint holders, but the 

directors can refuse to register such a transfer.

Acquisitions
Audit Committee report
Board and committee membership
Corporate governance report
Directors’ biographies
Directors’ responsibility statement
Financial risk management
Future developments
Greenhouse gas emissions
Nomination Committee report
Other statutory disclosures
Our people
Pension schemes
Post balance sheet events
Results and dividends
Share capital
Social responsibility

Location
Financial statements – Note 26
Page 49
Page 42
Page 44
Page 43
Page 69
Financial statements – Note 24
Page 16
Page 41
Page 51
Page 67
Page 36
Financial statements – Note 23
Financial statements – Note 29
Page 26
Financial statements – Note 20
Page 33

SHARE CAPITAL AND MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
Details of the Company’s share capital are given in Note 20 to the 
financial statements.

Acquisition of own shares
At the 2014 annual general meeting, the Company was authorised to 
make market purchases of up to 75.5m ordinary shares. The Company 
has not acquired any shares under this authority during the year. This 
authority will expire on the earlier of the next annual general meeting 
of the Company or 3 March 2016.

A special resolution will be proposed at this year’s annual general 
meeting to authorise the Company to make market purchases of up  
to 75.5m ordinary shares.

Voting rights
Subject to the Articles of Association, every member who is present  
in person at a general meeting shall have one vote and on a poll every 
member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote  
for every share of which he or she is the holder. The Trustees of the 
Employee Share Ownership Trust ordinarily follow the guidelines 
issued by the Association of British Insurers and do not exercise their 
right to vote at general meetings.

Under the Companies Act 2006, members are entitled to appoint a 
proxy, who need not be a member of the Company, to exercise all or 
any of their rights to attend and speak and vote on their behalf at a 
general meeting or any class of meeting. A member may appoint 
more than one proxy provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise 
the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that member. 
A corporate member may appoint one or more individuals to act on  
its behalf at a general meeting or any class of meeting as a corporate 
representative. The deadline for the exercise of voting rights is as 
stated in the notice of the relevant meeting.

(ii)  The share transfer form must be delivered to the registered office, 
or any other place decided on by the directors. The transfer form 
must be accompanied by the share certificate relating to the 
shares being transferred, unless the transfer is being made by  
a person to whom the Company was not required to, and did not 
send, a certificate. The directors can also ask (acting reasonably) 
for any other evidence to show that the person wishing to transfer 
the shares is entitled to do so.

CREST shares
(i)   Registration of CREST shares can be refused in the circumstances 

set out in the Uncertified Securities Regulations.

(ii)  Transfers cannot be in favour of more than four joint holders.

Significant shareholders
Based on notifications received, the holdings of 3% or more of the 
issued share capital of the Company as at 12 June 2015 (the latest 
practicable date before approval of the financial statements) are  
as follows:

Abrams Bison Investments LLC
BlackRock, Inc.
AXA Investment Managers, S.A.
Baillie Gifford & Co.
Old Mutual Asset Managers (UK) Ltd

%
5
5
5
5
4

Details of directors’ interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital 
and in options over that share capital are given in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 62 and 63. Details of all shares subject 
to option are given in the notes to the financial statements on page 93.

CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS  
IN LOAN AGREEMENTS
A change in control of the Company (defined, inter alia, as a person or 
a group of persons acting in concert gaining control of more than 30% 
of the Company’s voting rights) leads to an immediate event of default 
under the Company’s asset-based senior lending facility. In such 
circumstances, the agent for the lending group may, and if so directed 
by more than 50% of the lenders shall, declare the amounts 
outstanding under the facility immediately due and payable.

Such a change of control also leads to an obligation, within 30 days of 
the change in control, for the Group to make an offer to the holders of 
the Group’s $900m senior secured notes, due 2022 and $500m senior 
secured notes, due 2024, to redeem them at 101% of their face value.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

67

Directors’ reportOther	statutory	disclosures	continued

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Unless determined otherwise by ordinary resolution, the Company  
is required to have a minimum of two directors and a maximum of  
15 directors (disregarding alternate directors).

The directors are not required to hold any shares in the Company  
by the Articles of Association.

The Board can appoint any person to be a director. Any person 
appointed as a director by the Board must retire from office at the first 
annual general meeting after appointment. A director who retires in 
this way is then eligible for reappointment.

The Articles state that each director must retire from office if he held 
office at the time of the two preceding annual general meetings and 
did not retire at either of them. In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all directors are subject to annual election by  
the shareholders.

In addition to any power to remove directors conferred by legislation, 
the Company can pass a special resolution to remove a director from 
office even though his time in office has not ended and can appoint  
a person to replace a director who has been removed in this way by 
passing an ordinary resolution.

Any director stops being a director if (i) he gives the Company written 
notice of his resignation; (ii) he gives the Company written notice in 
which he offers to resign and the directors decide to accept this offer; 
(iii) all the other directors (who must comprise at least three people) 
pass a resolution or sign a written notice requiring the director to 
resign; (iv) a registered medical practitioner who is treating that 
person gives a written opinion to the Company stating that that person 
has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director 
and may remain so for more than three months; (v) by reason of that 
person’s mental health, a court makes an order which wholly or partly 
prevents that person from personally exercising any powers or rights 
which that person would otherwise have; (vi) he has missed directors’ 
meetings (whether or not an alternate director appointed by him 
attends those meetings) for a continuous period of six months without 
permission from the directors and the directors pass a resolution 
removing the director from office; (vii) a bankruptcy order is made 
against him or he makes any arrangement or composition with his 
creditors generally; (viii) he is prohibited from being a director under 
the legislation; or (ix) he ceases to be a director under the legislation 
or he is removed from office under the Articles of Association.

POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
Subject to the legislation, the Articles of Association and any authority 
given to the Company in general meeting by special resolution,  
the business of the Company is managed by the Board of directors 
that can use all of the Company’s powers to borrow money and to 
mortgage or charge all or any of the Company’s undertaking, property 
and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company 
and to issue debentures and other security and to give security, either 
outright or as collateral security, for any debt, liability or obligation  
of the Company or of any third party.

DIRECTORS AND DIRECTORS’ INSURANCE
Details of the directors of the Company are given on pages 42 and  
43. The policies related to their appointment and replacement are 
detailed on pages 46 and 47. Each of the directors as at the date of 
approval of this report confirms, as required by section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006 that to the best of their knowledge and belief:

68 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

(i)   there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s 

auditor is unaware; and

(ii)  each director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken to 
make himself aware of such information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditor is aware of it.

The Company has maintained insurance throughout the year to cover 
all directors against liabilities in relation to the Company and its 
subsidiary undertakings.

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Articles of Association of the Company may be amended by  
a special resolution.

POLICY ON PAYMENT OF SUPPLIERS
Suppliers are paid in accordance with the individual payment terms 
agreed with each of them. The number of Group creditor days at 
30 April 2015 was 72 days (30 April 2014: 63 days) which reflects the 
terms agreed with individual suppliers. There were no trade creditors 
in the Company’s balance sheet at any time during the past two years.

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS
Charitable donations in the year amounted to £147,508 in total (2014: 
£127,641). No political donations were made in either year.

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Details of post balance sheet events are included in Note 29 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

GOING CONCERN
After making appropriate enquiries, the directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources 
to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and consequently, 
that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

AUDITOR
Deloitte LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office and in 
accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution 
concerning its reappointment and authorising the directors to fix  
its remuneration, will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) will be held at 2.30pm on 
Wednesday, 2 September 2015 at Wax Chandlers Hall, 6 Gresham 
Street, London EC2V 7AD. An explanation of the business to be 
transacted at the AGM will be circulated to shareholders and will  
be available on the Company’s corporate website,  
www.ashtead-group.com.

By order of the Board

ERIC WATKINS
Company secretary 
15 June 2015 

Statement	of	directors’	responsibilities

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and  
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations. Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for the Group in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have also elected to prepare 
financial statements for the Company in accordance with IFRS as 
adopted by the EU.

Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for 
that period. In preparing these financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:

•  properly select and apply accounting policies;
•  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner  
that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 

requirements in IFRS is insufficient to enable users to understand 
the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s financial position and financial performance; and
•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a  

going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the assets and hence, for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and  
other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of  
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation  
in other jurisdictions.

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
We confirm to the best of our knowledge:

•  the consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with 
IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and 
IFRS as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; 

•  the Strategic report includes a fair review of the development and 

performance of the business and the position of the Group, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it 
faces; and

•  the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole,  
are fair, balanced and understandable and provide information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

ERIC WATKINS
Company secretary
15 June 2015

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2015

69

Directors’ reportFinancial statements

Our Financial 
Statements 2015

71 

 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT TO THE MEMBERS 
OF ASHTEAD GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS
74	 Consolidated	income	statement
	Consolidated	statement	of	
74	
comprehensive	income
75	
	Consolidated	balance	sheet
76	 Consolidated	statement	of	

changes	in	equity

77	 Consolidated	cash	flow	statement

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
	General	information
78	
	1.	
	Accounting	policies
78	 2.	
	Segmental	analysis
81	 3.	
	Operating	costs	and		
	4.	
83	
other	income
	Exceptional	items	and	
amortisation
	Net	financing	costs
	Taxation
	Dividends
	Earnings	per	share

84	 6.	
	7.	
85	
	8.	
86	
	9.	
86	
	10.	 	Inventories
86	
	11.	 	Trade	and	other	receivables	
87	

84	 5.	

87	
88	
89	

90	
90	
91	

	12 .	 	Cash	and	cash	equivalents
	13.	 	Property,	plant	and	equipment
	14.	 	Intangible	assets		
including	goodwill

	15.	 	Trade	and	other	payables
	16.	 	Borrowings
	17.	 	Obligations	under		
finance	leases

	18.	 	Provisions
	19.	 	Deferred	tax
	20.	 	Share	capital	and	reserves
	21.	 Share-based	payments
	22.	 Operating	leases
	23.	 Pensions
	24.	 Financial	risk	management

92	
92	
93	
93	
94	
94	
97	
100	 	25.	 	Notes	to	the	cash	flow	

statement

101	 	26.	 Acquisitions
103	 	27.	 Contingent	liabilities
103	 	28.	 Capital	commitments
103	 	29.	 	Events	after	the	balance		

sheet	date

103	 	30.	 Related	party	transactions
103	 	31.	 Employees
104	 	32.	 Parent	company	information

107  TEN YEAR HISTORY

108  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

70 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Ashtead Group plc

OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
OF ASHTEAD GROUP PLC
In	our	opinion:

•	 the	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	
Group’s	and	the	Company’s	affairs	as	at	30	April	2015	and	of	the	
Group’s	profit	for	the	year	then	ended;

•	 the	Group	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	
accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	
(‘IFRS’)	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union;

•	 the	Company	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	

in	accordance	with	IFRS	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union	and	as	
applied	in	accordance	with	the	provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	
2006;	and

•	 the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	
the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and,	as	regards	the	
Group	financial	statements,	Article	4	of	the	IAS	Regulation.

The	financial	statements	comprise	the	Consolidated	Income	
Statement,	the	Consolidated	Statement	of	Comprehensive	Income,	
the	Consolidated	and	Company	Balance	Sheets,	the	Consolidated		
and	Company	Statements	of	Changes	in	Equity,	the	Consolidated		
and	Company	Cash	Flow	Statements,	and	the	related	notes	1	to	32.	
The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	their	
preparation	is	applicable	law	and	IFRS	as	adopted	by	the	European	
Union	and,	as	regards	the	Company	financial	statements,	as	applied	
in	accordance	with	the	provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

SEPARATE OPINION IN RELATION TO IFRS 
AS ISSUED BY THE IASB
As	explained	in	Note	2	to	the	Group	financial	statements,	in	addition		
to	complying	with	its	legal	obligation	to	apply	IFRS	as	adopted	by	the	
European	Union,	the	Group	has	also	applied	IFRS	as	issued	by	the	
International	Accounting	Standards	Board	(‘IASB’).

In	our	opinion	the	Group	financial	statements	comply	with	IFRS	as	
issued	by	the	IASB.

GOING CONCERN
As	required	by	the	Listing	Rules	we	have	reviewed	the	directors’	
statement	on	page	68	that	the	Group	is	a	going	concern.		
We	confirm	that:

•	 we	have	concluded	that	the	directors’	use	of	the	going	concern	basis	

of	accounting	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	is	
appropriate;	and

•	 we	have	not	identified	any	material	uncertainties	that	may	cast	
significant	doubt	on	the	Group’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	
concern.

However,	because	not	all	future	events	or	conditions	can	be	predicted,	
this	statement	is	not	a	guarantee	as	to	the	Group’s	ability	to	continue	
as	a	going	concern.

OUR ASSESSMENT OF RISKS OF MATERIAL MISSTATEMENT
The	assessed	risks	of	material	misstatement	described	below	are	those	th	at	had	the	greatest	effect	on	our	audit	strategy,	the	allocation	of	
resources	in	the	audit	and	directing	the	efforts	of	the	engagement	team:

RISK
Carrying value of rental fleet
As	set	out	in	Note	13,	the	Group	holds	£3.6bn		
of	rental	fleet	at	cost	(£2.5bn	net	book	value).	

There	is	a	risk	that	the	judgements	made	by	
management	around	the	annual	impairment	
review	of	the	Group’s	rental	fleet	are	not	
appropriate	and	that	the	carrying	value	of		
these	assets	are	misstated.

Carrying value of goodwill
As	set	out	in	Note	14,	the	Group	carries	goodwill	
of	£516m	on	its	balance	sheet.	Management	
performs	an	annual	impairment	review		
of	goodwill.

There	is	a	risk	that	the	judgements	used	in	this,	
such	as	forecast	cash	flows,	discount	rates	and	
growth	rates	are	inappropriate	and	that	goodwill	
is	overstated.

In	addition,	the	Group	increased	the	number		
of	CGUs	from	two	to	eight	for	the	purpose	of	
assessing	whether	the	goodwill	is	impaired.

HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT RESPONDED TO THE RISK
We	tested	the	design,	implementation	and	operating	effectiveness	of	the	key	controls	
over	the	impairment	review.

We	have	considered	management’s	impairment	analysis,	understood	and	challenged	the	
key	judgements	and	sensitivities	and	the	impact	that	each	of	these	have	in	determining	
whether	an	impairment	exists.

In	particular	we	focused	our	analysis	on	returns	on	investment	by	asset	class,	fleet	
utilisation,	profits	and	losses	on	asset	disposals,	depreciation	rates	and	residual	values.	
We	tested	the	key	metrics	noted,	including	asset	utilisation	statistics	and	profit	on	
disposal.	We	also	confirmed	that	the	accounting	for	the	rental	fleet	and	associated	
disclosures	were	in	line	with	the	Group’s	accounting	policies.
We	have	assessed	the	Group’s	current	and	forecast	performance	and	considered	
whether	any	other	factors	exist	that	would	suggest	the	goodwill	is	impaired.	We	have	
performed	the	following	procedures:

•	 challenged	management’s	identification	of	eight	CGUs	against	our	understanding	of	

the	business	and	the	definition	as	set	out	in	the	accounting	standards;

•	 assessed	the	appropriateness	of	the	calculation	of	the	value	in	use	of	each	CGU	and	

the	associated	headroom,	performing	recalculations	to	test	the	mechanical	accuracy	
of	those	amounts;

•	 forecast	inputs	and	growth	assumptions	were	compared	against	historical	trends	to	
assess	the	reliability	of	management’s	forecast,	in	addition	to	comparing	forecast	
assumptions	to	external	market	analysis;

•	 with	the	assistance	of	specialists,	we	recalculated	the	discount	rate	applied	to	the	

future	cash	flows	and	benchmarked	this	against	other	companies	in	the	industry;	and

•	 performed	sensitivity	analysis.

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

71

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Ashtead Group plc continued

RISK
Accounting for acquisitions
There	is	risk	that	the	acquisition	accounting		
for	the	21	acquisitions	made	in	the	year,	as	set	
out	in	Note	26,	has	not	been	correctly	applied.	
Specifically,	there	is	a	risk	that	incorrect	
judgements	are	made	which	results	in		
the	inaccurate	allocation	of	values	to		
acquired	intangibles.	

We	also	consider	the	valuation	of	contingent	
consideration	to	be	a	risk,	given	the		
judgement	involved.

Revenue recognition
There	is	a	risk	that	earned	not	billed	and	billed	
not	earned	revenue	is	incorrectly	calculated	or	
recorded	in	the	wrong	period.

We	also	consider	there	to	be	a	risk	that	rebates	
payable	to	customers	are	omitted	or	recorded	at	
an	incorrect	amount.

HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT RESPONDED TO THE RISK
We	have	challenged	the	key	assumptions	made	by	management	in	accounting	for	the	
acquisitions	including:

•	 a	review	of	the	asset	purchase	agreements	to	determine	whether	the	appropriate	
intangible	assets	have	been	identified	and	that	no	unusual	terms	exist	that	have		
not	been	accounted	for;

•	 testing	the	valuation	and	accounting	for	consideration	payable.	Testing	contingent	
consideration	calculations,	assessing	whether	any	consideration	may	actually	
represent	post-acquisition	remuneration	and	tracing	payments	made	to		
bank	statements;

•	 the	identification	and	fair	valuation	of	the	assets	and	liabilities	the	Group	acquired	

including	any	fair	value	adjustments;	and

•	 valuation	assumptions	such	as	discount,	tax	and	royalty	rates	by	reviewing	

assumptions	used	in	such	calculations	and	recalculating	using	external	evidence.

In	doing	so	we	have	involved	Deloitte	valuation	specialists	to	assist	with	considering	the	
appropriateness	of	the	discount	rate.	We	have	reviewed	the	acquisition	accounting	and	
respective	disclosures	made	in	the	financial	statements.
We	tested	the	design,	implementation	and	operating	effectiveness	of	controls	over	the	
revenue	cycle.

We	have	focused	our	substantive	testing	on	the	earned	not	billed	and	billed	not		
earned	valuation	of	revenue.	In	doing	so	we	have	reviewed	management’s	methodology,	
traced	the	information	in	the	reports	back	to	invoices,	remittances	and	credit	notes		
as	a	substantive	sample,	performed	analytical	procedures	over	movements	in	the		
period	and	assessed	the	historical	accuracy	of	management’s	estimations	using	a	
‘look-back’	approach.

We	have	also	tested	the	calculations	for	rebates	recorded	for	a	sample	of	customers		
and	circularised	other	customers	to	understand	if	further	rebates	should	be	recorded.

The	description	of	risks	above	should	be	read	in	conjunction	with	the	
significant	issues	considered	by	the	Audit	Committee	discussed	on	
pages	49	and	50.

Our	audit	procedures	relating	to	these	matters	were	designed	in	the	
context	of	our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole,	and	not	to	
express	an	opinion	on	individual	accounts	or	disclosures.	Our	opinion	
on	the	financial	statements	is	not	modified	with	respect	to	any	of	the	
risks	described	above,	and	we	do	not	express	an	opinion	on	these	
individual	matters.

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We	define	materiality	as	the	magnitude	of	misstatement	in	the	
financial	statements	that	makes	it	probable	that	the	economic	
decisions	of	a	reasonably	knowledgeable	person	would	be	changed		
or	influenced.	We	use	materiality	both	in	planning	the	scope	of	our	
audit	work	and	in	evaluating	the	results	of	our	work.

We	determined	materiality	for	the	Group	to	be	£17.0m	(2014:	£14.0m)	
which	is	3.6%	(2014:	3.9%)	of	pre-tax	profit.

In	determining	our	materiality	we	have	used	a	three-year	average	
profit	before	tax	to	reflect	the	cyclical	nature	of	the	industry	in	which	
the	Group	operates.	This	is	an	updated	approach	compared	to	2014,	
where	we	used	a	two-year	average,	and	reduces	further	the	impact		
of	any	one-off	or	cyclical	volatility.

We	agreed	with	the	Audit	Committee	that	we	would	report	to	them	all	
audit	differences	in	excess	of	£650,000	as	well	as	differences	below	
that	threshold	that,	in	our	view,	warranted	reporting	on	qualitative	
grounds.	We	also	report	to	the	Audit	Committee	on	disclosure	
matters	that	we	identified	when	assessing	the	overall	presentation		
of	the	financial	statements.

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
Our	audit	was	scoped	by	obtaining	an	understanding	of	the	Group		
and	its	environment,	including	group-wide	controls,	and	assessing	
the	risks	of	material	misstatement	at	the	Group	level.	Audit	work		
to	respond	to	the	risks	of	material	misstatement	consisted	of	a	
combination	of	the	work	performed	by	component	teams	in	the	US	
and	UK,	and	the	Group	audit	team	in	London.

The	Group	is	comprised	of	three	principal	locations:	the	Head	Office		
in	London;	A-Plant	in	Warrington,	UK;	and	Sunbelt	in	Charlotte,		
North	Carolina,	US.	The	Group	audit	team	performed	a	full-scope	
audit	of	the	Head	Office	and	local	component	audit	teams	performed	
full-scope	audits	at	both	A-Plant	and	Sunbelt.	These	three	locations	
represent	100%	of	the	Group’s	revenue,	profit	before	tax	and	net	
assets.	They	were	also	selected	to	provide	an	appropriate	basis	for	
undertaking	audit	work	to	address	the	risks	of	material	misstatement	
identified	above.	Our	audit	work	at	the	three	locations	was	executed		
at	levels	of	materiality	applicable	to	each	individual	location	which	
were	lower	than	Group	materiality	and	ranged	from	£3.1m	to	£15.4m	
(2014:	£2.9m	to	£12.6m).

Members	of	the	Group	audit	team	(including	the	lead	audit	partner)	
have	made	several	site	visits	to	component	audit	teams	during	the	
financial	year	and	after	the	year	end	to	ensure	sufficient	involvement	
and	oversight	of	work	performed.	At	the	Group	level,	we	also	tested	
the	consolidation	process.

72 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

OPINION ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED 
BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

In	our	opinion:

•	 the	part	of	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	to	be	audited	has	
been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	Companies	Act	
2006;	and

•	 the	information	given	in	the	Strategic	report	and	the	Directors’	
report	for	the	financial	year	for	which	the	financial	statements	
are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	financial	statements.

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT 
BY EXCEPTION
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting 
records
Under	the	Companies	Act	2006	we	are	required	to	report	to	you	if,		
in	our	opinion:

•	 we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we

require	for	our	audit;	or

•	 adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	parent	

company,	or	returns	adequate	for	our	audit	have	not	been	received	
from	branches	not	visited	by	us;	or

•	 the	parent	company	financial	statements	are	not	in	agreement	

with	the	accounting	records	and	returns.

We	have	nothing	to	report	in	respect	of	these	matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under	the	Companies	Act	2006	we	are	also	required	to	report	if	in	our	
opinion	certain	disclosures	of	directors’	remuneration	have	not	been	
made	or	the	part	of	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	to	be	audited		
is	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	records	and	returns.	We	have	
nothing	to	report	arising	from	these	matters.

Corporate Governance Statement
Under	the	Listing	Rules	we	are	also	required	to	review	the	part	of		
the	Corporate	Governance	Statement	relating	to	the	Company’s	
compliance	with	10	provisions	of	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code.	
We	have	nothing	to	report	arising	from	our	review.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under	International	Standards	on	Auditing	(UK	and	Ireland),	we	are	
required	to	report	to	you	if,	in	our	opinion,	information	in	the	annual	
report	is:

•	 materially	inconsistent	with	the	information	in	the	audited	financial	

statements;	or

•	 apparently	materially	incorrect	based	on,	or	materially	inconsistent	

with,	our	knowledge	of	the	Group	acquired	in	the	course	of	
performing	our	audit;	or

•	 otherwise	misleading.

In	particular,	we	are	required	to	consider	whether	we	have	identified	
any	inconsistencies	between	our	knowledge	acquired	during	the	audit	
and	the	directors’	statement	that	they	consider	the	annual	report	is	
fair,	balanced	and	understandable	and	whether	the	annual	report	
appropriately	discloses	those	matters	that	we	communicated	to	the	
Audit	Committee	which	we	consider	should	have	been	disclosed.		
We	confirm	that	we	have	not	identified	any	such	inconsistencies	or	
misleading	statements.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS 
AND AUDITOR
As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Statement	of	directors’	responsibilities,	
the	directors	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	financial	
statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view.	
Our	responsibility	is	to	audit	and	express	an	opinion	on	the	financial	
statements	in	accordance	with	applicable	law	and	International	
Standards	on	Auditing	(UK	and	Ireland).	Those	standards	require		
us	to	comply	with	the	Auditing	Practices	Board’s	Ethical	Standards		
for	Auditors.

We	also	comply	with	International	Standard	on	Quality	Control	1		
(UK	and	Ireland).	Our	audit	methodology	and	tools	aim	to	ensure	that		
our	quality	control	procedures	are	effective,	understood	and	applied.	
Our	quality	controls	and	systems	include	our	dedicated	professional	
standards	review	team	and	independent	partner	reviews.

This	report	is	made	solely	to	the	Company’s	members,	as	a	body,		
in	accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	Part	16	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	
Our	audit	work	has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	might	state	to	the	
Company’s	members	those	matters	we	are	required	to	state	to	them	
in	an	auditor’s	report	and	for	no	other	purpose.	To	the	fullest	extent	
permitted	by	law,	we	do	not	accept	or	assume	responsibility	to	anyone	
other	than	the	Company	and	the	Company’s	members	as	a	body,	for	
our	audit	work,	for	this	report,	or	for	the	opinions	we	have	formed.

SCOPE OF THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
An	audit	involves	obtaining	evidence	about	the	amounts	and	
disclosures	in	the	financial	statements	sufficient	to	give	reasonable	
assurance	that	the	financial	statements	are	free	from	material	
misstatement,	whether	caused	by	fraud	or	error.	This	includes	an	
assessment	of:

•	 whether	the	accounting	policies	are	appropriate	to	the	Group’s	and	
the	Company’s	circumstances	and	have	been	consistently	applied	
and	adequately	disclosed;

•	 the	reasonableness	of	significant	accounting	estimates	made	by	

the	directors;	and

•	 the	overall	presentation	of	the	financial	statements.

In	addition,	we	read	all	the	financial	and	non-financial	information	in	
the	annual	report	to	identify	material	inconsistencies	with	the	audited	
financial	statements	and	to	identify	any	information	that	is	apparently	
materially	incorrect	based	on,	or	materially	inconsistent	with,	the	
knowledge	acquired	by	us	in	the	course	of	performing	the	audit.		
If	we	become	aware	of	any	apparent	material	misstatements	or	
inconsistencies	we	consider	the	implications	for	our	report.

EDWARD HANSON
(Senior statutory auditor)
for	and	on	behalf	of	Deloitte	LLP
Chartered	Accountants	and	Statutory	Auditor
London,	UK
15	June	2015

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

73

Financial statementsConsolidated financial statements

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2015

Revenue
Rental	revenue
Sale	of	new	equipment,	merchandise	and	consumables
Sale	of	used	rental	equipment

Operating costs
Staff	costs
Used	rental	equipment	sold
Other	operating	costs

EBITDA*
Depreciation
Amortisation	of	intangibles
Operating profit
Investment	income
Interest	expense
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
Taxation
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

Basic	earnings	per	share	
Diluted	earnings	per	share

Before
amortisation
£m

Notes

Amortisation
£m

1,837.6
88.2
113.1
2,038.9

(486.3)
(86.3)
(557.9)
(1,130.5)

908.4
(351.5)
–
556.9
0.2
(67.5)
489.6
(175.5)
314.1

62.6p
62.2p

4
4
4

4
4
3,	4
6
6

7,	19

9
9

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
(15.8)
(15.8)
–
–
(15.8)
5.1
(10.7)

(2.1p)
(2.1p)

2015

Total
£m

1,837.6
88.2
113.1
2,038.9

(486.3)
(86.3)
(557.9)
(1,130.5)

908.4
(351.5)
(15.8)
541.1
0.2
(67.5)
473.8
(170.4)
303.4

60.5p
60.1p

*	 EBITDA	is	presented	here	as	an	additional	performance	measure	as	it	is	commonly	used	by	investors	and	lenders.

All	revenue	and	profit	for	the	year	is	generated	from	continuing	operations.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2015

Profit	attributable	to	equity	holders	of	the	Company	for	the	financial	year

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurement	of	the	defined	benefit	pension	plan
Tax	on	defined	benefit	pension	plan

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign	currency	translation	differences

Total comprehensive income for the year

74 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Before
exceptional	
items	and	
amortisation	
£m

Exceptional	
items	and	
amortisation	
£m

1,475.3
68.1
91.3
1,634.7

(417.3)
(73.4)
(458.9)
(949.6)

685.1
(275.9)
–
409.2
–
(47.1)
362.1
(128.6)
233.5

46.6p
46.3p

Note

23

2014

Total
£m

1,475.3
68.1
91.3
1,634.7

(417.3)
(73.4)
(454.7)
(945.4)

689.3
(275.9)
(9.8)
403.6
–
(47.1)
356.5
(125.3)
231.2

–
–
–
–

–
–
4.2
4.2

4.2
–
(9.8)
(5.6)
–
–
(5.6)
3.3
(2.3)

(0.5p)
(0.5p)

46.1p
45.8p

2015
£m
303.4

2014
£m
231.2

(3.1)
0.6
(2.5)

5.3
(1.0)
4.3

58.9

(41.3)

359.8

194.2

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
AT 30 APRIL 2015

Current assets
Inventories
Trade	and	other	receivables
Current	tax	asset	
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Non-current assets
Property,	plant	and	equipment
–	rental	equipment
–	other	assets

Goodwill
Other	intangible	assets
Net	defined	benefit	pension	plan	asset

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade	and	other	payables
Current	tax	liability
Debt	due	within	one	year
Provisions

Non-current liabilities
Debt	due	after	more	than	one	year
Provisions
Deferred	tax	liabilities

Total liabilities
Equity 
Share	capital
Share	premium	account
Capital	redemption	reserve
Non-distributable	reserve
Own	shares	held	by	the	Company
Own	shares	held	through	the	ESOT
Cumulative	foreign	exchange	translation	differences
Retained	reserves
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

Notes

10
11

12

13
13

14
14
23

15

16
18

16
18
19

20

20
20
20

2015
£m

23.9
377.5
26.2
10.5
438.1

2,534.2
276.9
2,811.1
516.2
92.7
3.1
3,423.1

2014
£m

18.5
259.8
9.9
2.8
291.0

1,716.3
212.8
1,929.1
400.4
45.8
6.1
2,381.4

3,861.2

2,672.4

491.7
6.2
2.0
18.4
518.3

1,695.6
31.3
504.5
2,231.4
2,749.7

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(15.5)
38.7
970.9
1,111.5

345.8
5.8
2.2
15.0
368.8

1,149.2
20.3
309.7
1,479.2
1,848.0

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(11.8)
(20.2)
739.0
824.4

Total liabilities and equity

3,861.2

2,672.4

These	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	on	15	June	2015.

GEOFF DRABBLE 
Chief executive 

SUZANNE WOOD
Finance director

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

75

Financial statementsConsolidated financial statements continued

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2015

Share
premium
account
£m
3.6
–

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
0.9
–

Non-
distributable
reserve
£m
90.7
–

Own
shares
held	by
the
Company
£m
(33.1)
–

Own
shares
held
through
the	ESOT	
£m
(7.4)
–

Cumulative
foreign
exchange
translation
differences
£m
21.1
–

Retained
reserves
£m
551.4
231.2

Total
£m
682.5
231.2

–

(41.3)

5.3
(1.0)
235.5

(41.3)
–
(14.6)
8.0
739.0

5.3
(1.0)
194.2

(41.3)
(22.4)
3.4
8.0
824.4

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(33.1)

–
(22.4)
18.0
–
(11.8)

(41.3)

–
–
(41.3)

–
–
–
–
(20.2)

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(33.1)

–
(20.3)
16.6
–
(15.5)

–

303.4

303.4

58.9

–
–
58.9

–
–
–
–
38.7

–

58.9

(3.1)
0.6
300.9

(61.4)
–
(12.6)
5.0
970.9

(3.1)
0.6
359.8

(61.4)
(20.3)
4.0
5.0
1,111.5

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
3.6

–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
3.6

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
0.9

–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
0.9

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
90.7

–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
90.7

At	1	May	2013
Profit	for	the	year
Other	comprehensive	income:
Foreign	currency	translation	differences
Remeasurement	of	the	defined	benefit	

pension	plan

Tax	on	defined	benefit	pension	plan
Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	year

Dividends	paid
Own	shares	purchased	by	the	ESOT
Share-based	payments
Tax	on	share-based	payments
At	30	April	2014

Profit	for	the	year
Other	comprehensive	income:
Foreign	currency	translation	differences
Remeasurement	of	the	defined	benefit	

pension	plan

Tax	on	defined	benefit	pension	plan
Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	year

Dividends	paid
Own	shares	purchased	by	the	ESOT
Share-based	payments
Tax	on	share-based	payments
At 30 April 2015

Share
capital
£m
55.3
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
55.3

–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
55.3

76 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

	
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2015

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash	generated	from	operations	before	exceptional	items	and	changes	in	rental	equipment
Exceptional	operating	costs	paid
Payments	for	rental	property,	plant	and	equipment
Proceeds	from	disposal	of	rental	property,	plant	and	equipment	
Cash	generated	from	operations
Financing	costs	paid	(net)
Tax	paid	(net)
Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition	of	businesses
Payments	for	non-rental	property,	plant	and	equipment
Proceeds	from	disposal	of	non-rental	property,	plant	and	equipment
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Drawdown	of	loans
Redemption	of	loans
Capital	element	of	finance	lease	payments
Dividends	paid
Purchase	of	own	shares	by	the	ESOT
Net cash from financing activities

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Opening	cash	and	cash	equivalents
Effect	of	exchange	rate	difference
Closing cash and cash equivalents

Reconciliation of net cash flows to net debt
(Increase)/decrease	in	cash	in	the	period
Increase	in	debt	through	cash	flow
Change	in	net	debt	from	cash	flows
Exchange	differences
Debt	acquired
Non-cash	movements:	
–	deferred	costs	of	debt	raising
–	capital	element	of	new	finance	leases
Increase	in	net	debt	in	the	period
Net	debt	at	1	May
Net	debt	at	30	April

Notes

25(a)

25(c)

2015
£m

2014
£m

841.4
(0.5)
(858.1)
95.4
78.2
(63.4)
(32.0)
(17.2)

(241.5)
(78.7)
7.5
(312.7)

842.5
(420.4)
(2.9)
(61.4)
(20.3)
337.5

7.6
2.8
0.1
10.5

2015
£m

(7.6)
419.2
411.6
121.8
–

645.5
(2.2)
(655.2)
90.4
78.5
(40.5)
(14.9)
23.1

(103.3)
(85.3)
11.5
(177.1)

578.7
(377.7)
(0.7)
(41.3)
(22.4)
136.6

(17.4)
20.3
(0.1)
2.8

2014
£m

17.4
200.3
217.7
(87.7)
1.4

1.5
3.6
538.5
1,148.6
1,687.1

2.0
1.1
134.5
1,014.1
1,148.6

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

77

Financial statements	
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Ashtead	Group	plc	(‘the	Company’)	is	a	company	incorporated	and	
domiciled	in	England	and	Wales	and	listed	on	the	London	Stock	
Exchange.	The	consolidated	financial	statements	are	presented		
in	pounds	sterling,	the	functional	currency	of	the	parent.	Foreign	
operations	are	included	in	accordance	with	the	policies	set	out	in	
Note	2.

2 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The	principal	accounting	policies	adopted	in	the	preparation	of		
these	financial	statements	are	set	out	below.	These	policies	have		
been	applied	consistently	to	all	the	years	presented,	unless		
otherwise	stated.

Basis of preparation
These	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	
International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(‘IFRS’)	and	with	those	
parts	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	applicable	to	companies	reporting	
under	IFRS.	Accordingly,	the	Group	complies	with	all	IFRS,	including	
those	adopted	for	use	in	the	European	Union	and	therefore	the	Group	
financial	statements	comply	with	Article	4	of	the	EU	IAS	Regulation.	
The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical		
cost	convention,	modified	for	certain	items	carried	at	fair	value,	as	
stated	in	the	accounting	policies.	A	summary	of	the	more	important	
accounting	policies	is	set	out	below.

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	generally	
accepted	accounting	principles	requires	management	to	make	
judgements,	estimates	and	assumptions	that	affect	the	reported	
amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	at	the	date	of	the	financial	statements	
and	the	reported	amount	of	revenue	and	expenses	during	the	
reporting	period.	The	estimates	and	associated	assumptions	are	
based	on	historical	experience	and	other	factors	that	are	considered	
to	be	relevant.	Actual	results	could	differ	from	these	estimates.		
A	more	detailed	discussion	of	the	principal	accounting	policies		
and	management	estimates	and	assumptions	is	included	in	the	
Financial	review	on	pages	31	and	32	and	forms	part	of	these		
financial	statements.	

Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
New and amended standards adopted by the Group
There	are	no	new	IFRS	or	IFRIC	Interpretations	that	are	effective		
for	the	first	time	this	financial	year	which	have	a	material	impact		
on	the	Group.

New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but  
not effective for the financial year beginning 1 May 2014 and not 
early adopted
IFRS	15,	‘Revenue	from	Contracts	with	Customers’	deals	with		
revenue	recognition	and	establishes	principles	for	reporting	useful	
information	to	users	of	financial	statements	about	the	nature,	amount,	
timing	and	uncertainty	of	revenue	and	cash	flows	arising	from	an	
entity’s	contracts	with	customers.	Revenue	is	recognised	when	a	
customer	obtains	control	of	goods	or	a	service	and	thus	has	the		
ability	to	direct	the	use	and	obtain	benefits	from	the	goods	or	service.		
The	standard	replaces	IAS	18	‘Revenue’	and	IAS	11	‘Construction	
Contracts’	and	related	interpretations.	The	standard	is	effective		
for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2017	and	earlier		
application	is	permitted.	While	the	Group	has	not	finalised	its	
assessment	of	this	standard,	it	does	not	expect	the	adoption	to		
have	a	material	impact	on	the	financial	statements	of	the	Group		
in	future	periods.

There	are	no	other	IFRS	or	IFRIC	Interpretations	that	are	not	yet	
effective	that	would	be	expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on		
the	Group.

78 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Basis of consolidation
The	Group	financial	statements	incorporate	the	financial	statements	
of	the	Company	and	all	its	subsidiaries	for	the	year	to	30	April	each	
year.	The	results	of	businesses	acquired	or	sold	during	the	year	are	
fully	consolidated	from	or	to	the	date	on	which	control	is	passed	to	the	
Group.	Control	is	achieved	when	the	Group	has	the	power	to	govern	
the	financial	and	operating	policies	of	an	entity	so	as	to	obtain	the	
benefits	from	its	activities.

Business combinations
Acquisitions	of	subsidiaries	and	businesses	are	accounted	for	using	
the	acquisition	method.	The	consideration	transferred	in	a	business	
combination	is	the	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date	of	the	assets	
transferred	and	the	liabilities	incurred	by	the	Group	and	includes	the	
fair	value	of	any	contingent	consideration	arrangement.	Acquisition-
related	costs	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement	as	incurred.

Contingent	consideration	is	measured	at	the	acquisition	date	at	fair	
value	and	included	in	provisions	in	the	balance	sheet.	Changes	in	the	
fair	value	of	contingent	consideration	due	to	events	post	the	date		
of	acquisition	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

Foreign currency translation
Assets	and	liabilities	in	foreign	currencies	are	translated	into	pounds	
sterling	at	rates	of	exchange	ruling	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	Income	
statements	and	cash	flows	of	overseas	subsidiary	undertakings	are	
translated	into	pounds	sterling	at	average	rates	of	exchange	for	the	
year.	The	exchange	rates	used	in	respect	of	the	US	dollar	are:

Average	for	year
Year	end

2015
1.60
1.54

2014
1.60
1.69

Exchange	differences	arising	from	the	retranslation	of	the	opening		
net	investment	of	overseas	subsidiaries	and	the	difference	between	
the	inclusion	of	their	profits	at	average	rates	of	exchange	in	the	Group	
income	statement	and	the	closing	rate	used	for	the	balance	sheet	are	
recognised	directly	in	a	separate	component	of	equity.	Other	exchange	
differences	are	dealt	with	in	the	income	statement.

Revenue
Revenue	represents	the	total	amount	receivable	for	the	provision		
of	goods	and	services	including	the	sale	of	used	rental	plant	and	
equipment	to	customers	net	of	returns	and	VAT/sales	tax.	Rental	
revenue,	including	loss	damage	waiver	and	environmental	fees,		
is	recognised	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	period	of	the	rental	
contract.	Because	a	rental	contract	can	extend	across	financial	
reporting	period	ends,	the	Group	records	accrued	revenue	(unbilled	
rental	revenue)	and	deferred	revenue	at	the	beginning	and	end	of	each	
reporting	period	so	that	rental	revenue	is	appropriately	stated	in	the	
financial	statements.

Revenue	from	rental	equipment	delivery	and	collection	is		
recognised	when	delivery	or	collection	has	occurred	and	is	reported	
as	rental	revenue.

Revenue	from	the	sale	of	rental	equipment,	new	equipment,	parts		
and	supplies,	retail	merchandise	and	fuel	is	recognised	at	the	time		
of	delivery	to,	or	collection	by,	the	customer	and	when	all	obligations	
under	the	sale	contract	have	been	fulfilled.

Revenue	from	the	sale	of	rental	equipment	in	connection	with	trade-in	
arrangements	with	certain	manufacturers	from	whom	the	Group	
purchases	new	equipment	is	accounted	for	at	the	lower	of	transaction	
value	or	fair	value	based	on	independent	appraisals.	If	the	trade-in	
price	of	a	unit	of	equipment	exceeds	the	fair	market	value	of	that	unit,	
the	excess	is	accounted	for	as	a	reduction	of	the	cost	of	the	related	
purchase	of	new	rental	equipment.

Investment income and interest expense
Investment	income	comprises	interest	receivable	on	funds	invested	
and	the	net	interest	on	the	net	defined	benefit	asset.

Interest	expense	comprises	interest	payable	on	borrowings,	
amortisation	of	deferred	debt	raising	costs,	and	the	unwind	of	the	
discount	on	the	self-insurance	and	contingent	consideration	provisions.

	
Residual	values	are	estimated	at	10–15%	of	cost	in	respect	of	most	
types	of	rental	equipment,	although	the	range	of	residual	values	used	
varies	between	zero	and	30%.

Repairs and maintenance
Costs	incurred	in	the	repair	and	maintenance	of	rental	and	other	
equipment	are	charged	to	the	income	statement	as	incurred.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill	represents	the	difference	between	the	fair	value	of	the	
consideration	for	the	acquisition	and	the	fair	value	of	the	net	
identifiable	assets	acquired,	including	any	intangible	assets	other	
than	goodwill.

Goodwill	is	stated	at	cost	less	any	accumulated	impairment	losses	
and	is	allocated	to	each	of	the	Group’s	cash-generating	units	expected	
to	benefit	from	the	synergies	of	the	combination.

The	profit	or	loss	on	the	disposal	of	a	previously	acquired	business	
includes	the	attributable	amount	of	any	purchased	goodwill	relating		
to	that	business.

Other intangible assets
Other	intangible	assets	acquired	as	part	of	a	business	combination	
are	capitalised	at	fair	value	as	at	the	date	of	acquisition.	Internally	
generated	intangible	assets	are	not	capitalised.	Amortisation	is	
charged	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	expected	useful	life	of	each	
asset.	Contract	related	intangible	assets	are	amortised	over	the	life		
of	the	contract.	Amortisation	rates	for	other	intangible	assets	are	
as	follows:

Brand	names	
Customer	lists

Per	annum
7%	to	15%
10%	to	20%

Impairment of assets
Goodwill	is	not	amortised	but	is	tested	annually	for	impairment		
as	at	30	April	each	year.	Assets	that	are	subject	to	amortisation		
or	depreciation	are	reviewed	for	impairment	whenever	events	or	
changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	may		
not	be	recoverable.	An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	in	the	income	
statement	for	the	amount	by	which	the	asset’s	carrying	amount	
exceeds	its	recoverable	amount.	For	the	purposes	of	assessing	
impairment,	assets	are	grouped	at	the	lowest	levels	for	which	there	
are	separately	identifiable	and	independent	cash	flows	for	the	asset	
being	tested	for	impairment	(cash-generating	unit).	

The	recoverable	amount	is	the	higher	of	an	asset’s	fair	value	less	
costs	of	disposal	and	value	in	use.	In	assessing	value	in	use,	estimated	
future	cash	flows	are	discounted	to	their	present	value	using	a	pre-tax	
discount	rate	that	reflects	current	market	assessments	of	the	time	
value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	asset.

In	respect	of	assets	other	than	goodwill,	an	impairment	loss	is	
reversed	if	there	has	been	a	change	in	the	estimates	used	to	determine	
the	recoverable	amount.	An	impairment	loss	is	reversed	only	to	the	
extent	that	the	asset’s	carrying	amount	does	not	exceed	the	carrying	
amount	that	would	have	been	determined,	net	of	depreciation	or	
amortisation,	if	no	impairment	loss	had	been	recognised.	Impairment	
losses	in	respect	of	goodwill	are	not	reversed.

Exceptional items
Exceptional	items	are	those	items	that	are	material	and	non-recurring	
in	nature	that	the	Group	believes	should	be	disclosed	separately	to	
assist	in	the	understanding	of	the	financial	performance	of	the	Group.

Earnings per share
Earnings	per	share	is	calculated	based	on	the	profit	for	the	financial	
year	and	the	weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	in	issue	
during	the	year.	For	this	purpose	the	number	of	ordinary	shares	in	
issue	excludes	shares	held	by	the	Company	or	by	the	Employee	Share	
Ownership	Trust	in	respect	of	which	dividends	have	been	waived.	
Diluted	earnings	per	share	is	calculated	using	the	profit	for	the	
financial	year	and	the	weighted	average	diluted	number	of	shares	
(ignoring	any	potential	issue	of	ordinary	shares	which	would	be	
anti-dilutive)	during	the	year.

Underlying	earnings	per	share	comprises	basic	earnings	per	share	
adjusted	to	exclude	earnings	relating	to	exceptional	items	and	
amortisation	of	intangibles.

Current/non-current distinction
Current	assets	include	assets	held	primarily	for	trading	purposes,	
cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	assets	expected	to	be	realised	in,		
or	intended	for	sale	or	consumption	in,	the	course	of	the	Group’s	
operating	cycle	and	those	assets	receivable	within	one	year	from	the	
reporting	date.	All	other	assets	are	classified	as	non-current	assets.

Current	liabilities	include	liabilities	held	primarily	for	trading	purposes,	
liabilities	expected	to	be	settled	in	the	course	of	the	Group’s	operating	
cycle	and	those	liabilities	due	within	one	year	from	the	reporting	date.	
All	other	liabilities	are	classified	as	non-current	liabilities.

Property, plant and equipment
Owned assets
Property,	plant	and	equipment	is	stated	at	cost	(including	
transportation	costs	from	the	manufacturer	to	the	initial	rental	
location)	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	any	provisions	for	
impairment.	In	respect	of	aerial	work	platforms,	cost	includes	rebuild	
costs	when	the	rebuild	extends	the	asset’s	useful	economic	life	and		
it	is	probable	that	incremental	economic	benefits	will	accrue	to	the	
Group.	Rebuild	costs	include	the	cost	of	transporting	the	equipment		
to	and	from	the	rebuild	supplier.	Depreciation	is	not	charged	while		
the	asset	is	not	in	use	during	the	rebuild	period.

Leased assets
Finance	leases	are	those	leases	which	transfer	substantially	all	the	
risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	to	the	lessee.	Assets	held	under	
finance	leases	are	capitalised	within	property,	plant	and	equipment		
at	the	fair	value	of	the	leased	assets	at	inception	of	the	lease	and	
depreciated	in	accordance	with	the	Group’s	depreciation	policy.	
Outstanding	finance	lease	obligations	are	included	within	debt.		
The	finance	element	of	the	agreements	is	charged	to	the	income	
statement	on	a	systematic	basis	over	the	term	of	the	lease.

All	other	leases	are	operating	leases,	the	rentals	on	which	are	
charged	to	the	income	statement	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	
lease	term.

Depreciation
Leasehold	properties	are	depreciated	on	a	straight-line	basis	over		
the	life	of	each	lease.	Other	fixed	assets,	including	those	held	under	
finance	leases,	are	depreciated	on	a	straight-line	basis	applied	to	the	
opening	cost	to	write	down	each	asset	to	its	residual	value	over	its	
useful	economic	life.	Residual	values	and	estimated	useful	economic	
lives	are	reassessed	annually,	recognising	the	cyclical	nature	of	the	
business.	The	rates	in	use	are	as	follows:

Freehold	property
Motor	vehicles
Rental	equipment
Office	and	workshop	equipment

Per	annum
2%
7%	to	25%
5%	to	33%
20%

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

79

Financial statements2 ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Taxation
The	tax	charge	for	the	period	comprises	both	current	and	deferred	
tax.	Taxation	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	except	to	the	
extent	that	it	relates	to	items	recognised	directly	in	equity,	in	which	
case	the	related	tax	is	also	recognised	in	equity.	

Current	tax	is	the	expected	tax	payable	on	the	taxable	income	for	the	
year	and	any	adjustment	to	tax	payable	in	respect	of	previous	years.

Deferred	tax	is	provided	using	the	balance	sheet	liability	method	on	
any	temporary	differences	between	the	carrying	amounts	for	financial	
reporting	purposes	and	those	for	taxation	purposes.	Deferred	tax	
liabilities	are	generally	recognised	for	all	taxable	temporary	
differences	and	deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	extent		
that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profits	will	be	available	against	which	
deductible	temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.	Such	assets	and	
liabilities	are	not	recognised	if	the	temporary	differences	arise	from	
the	initial	recognition	of	goodwill.

Deferred	tax	liabilities	are	not	recognised	for	temporary	differences	
arising	on	investment	in	subsidiaries	where	the	Group	is	able	to	
control	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	and	it	is	probable		
that	the	temporary	difference	will	not	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	
future.	Deferred	tax	is	calculated	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	
apply	in	the	period	when	the	liability	is	settled	or	the	asset	is	realised.	
Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	offset	when	they	relate	to	
income	taxes	levied	by	the	same	taxation	authority	and	the	Group	
intends	to	settle	its	current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	on	a	net	basis.

Inventories
Inventories,	which	comprise	equipment,	fuel,	merchandise	and	spare	
parts,	are	valued	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	net	realisable	value.

Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension plans
Obligations	under	the	Group’s	defined	contribution	plans	are	
recognised	as	an	expense	in	the	income	statement	as	incurred.

Defined benefit pension plans
The	Group’s	obligation	in	respect	of	defined	benefit	pension	plans	is	
calculated	by	estimating	the	amount	of	future	benefit	that	employees	
have	earned	in	return	for	their	service	in	the	current	and	prior	
periods;	that	benefit	is	discounted	to	determine	its	present	value		
and	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets	is	deducted.	The	discount	rate	used		
is	the	yield	at	the	balance	sheet	date	on	AA-rated	corporate	bonds.	
The	calculation	is	performed	by	a	qualified	actuary	using	the	
projected	unit	credit	method.

Actuarial	gains	and	losses	are	recognised	in	full	in	the	period	in		
which	they	arise	through	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income.		
The	increase	in	the	present	value	of	plan	liabilities	arising	from	
employee	service	during	the	period	is	charged	to	operating	profit.

Net	interest	is	calculated	by	applying	a	discount	rate	to	the	net	defined	
benefit	pension	plan	asset	or	liability.	The	net	interest	income	or	net	
interest	expense	is	included	in	investment	income	or	interest		
expense,	respectively.

The	defined	pension	surplus	or	deficit	represents	the	fair	value	of	the	
plan	assets	less	the	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation.	A	
surplus	is	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	to	the	extent	that	the	Group	
has	an	unconditional	right	to	the	surplus,	either	through	a	refund	or	
reduction	in	future	contributions.	A	deficit	is	recognised	in	full.

Share-based compensation
The	fair	value	of	awards	made	under	share-based	compensation	
plans	is	measured	at	grant	date	and	spread	over	the	vesting	period	
through	the	income	statement	with	a	corresponding	increase	in	
equity.	The	fair	value	of	share	options	and	awards	is	measured	using	
an	appropriate	valuation	model	taking	into	account	the	terms	and	
conditions	of	the	individual	award.	The	amount	recognised	as	an	
expense	is	adjusted	to	reflect	the	actual	awards	vesting	except		
where	any	change	in	the	awards	vesting	relates	only	to	market-	
based	criteria	not	being	achieved.

80 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Insurance
Insurance	costs	include	insurance	premiums	which	are	written	off		
to	the	income	statement	over	the	period	to	which	they	relate	and	an	
estimate	of	the	discounted	liability	for	uninsured	retained	risks	on	
unpaid	claims	incurred	up	to	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	estimate	
includes	events	incurred	but	not	reported	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	
This	estimate	is	discounted	and	included	in	provisions	in	the	
balance	sheet.

Financial instruments
Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	recognised	in	the	Group’s	
balance	sheet	when	the	Group	becomes	a	party	to	the	contractual	
provisions	of	the	instrument.

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Trade	receivables	do	not	carry	interest	and	are	stated	at	face		
value	as	reduced	by	appropriate	allowances	for	estimated	
irrecoverable	amounts.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	comprises	cash	balances	and	call	deposits	
with	maturity	of	less	than,	or	equal	to,	three	months.

Financial liabilities and equity
Equity instruments
An	equity	instrument	is	any	contract	that	evidences	a	residual	interest	
in	the	assets	of	the	Group	after	deducting	all	of	its	liabilities.	Equity	
instruments	issued	by	the	Group	are	recorded	at	the	proceeds	
received,	net	of	direct	issue	costs.

Trade payables
Trade	payables	are	not	interest	bearing	and	are	stated	at	face	value.

Borrowings
Interest-bearing	bank	loans	and	overdrafts	are	recorded	at	the	
proceeds	received,	net	of	direct	transaction	costs.	Finance	charges,	
including	amortisation	of	direct	transaction	costs,	are	charged	to		
the	income	statement	using	the	effective	interest	rate	method.

Tranches	of	borrowings	and	overdrafts	which	mature	on	a	regular	
basis	are	classified	as	current	or	non-current	liabilities	based	on	the	
maturity	of	the	facility	so	long	as	the	committed	facility	exceeds	the	
drawn	debt.

Net debt
Net	debt	consists	of	total	borrowings	less	cash	and	cash	equivalents.	
Borrowings	exclude	accrued	interest.	Foreign	currency	denominated	
balances	are	retranslated	to	pounds	sterling	at	rates	of	exchange	
ruling	at	the	balance	sheet	date.

Derivative financial instruments
The	Group	may	use	derivative	financial	instruments	to	hedge	its	
exposure	to	fluctuations	in	interest	and	foreign	exchange	rates.		
The	Group	does	not	hold	or	issue	derivative	instruments	for	
speculative	purposes.

All	derivatives	are	held	at	fair	value	in	the	balance	sheet.	Changes	in	
the	fair	value	of	derivative	financial	instruments	that	are	designated	
and	effective	as	hedges	of	future	cash	flows	are	recognised	directly	in	
equity.	The	gain	or	loss	relating	to	any	ineffective	portion	is	recognised	
immediately	in	the	income	statement.	Amounts	deferred	in	equity	are	
recognised	in	the	income	statement	in	the	same	period	in	which	the	
hedged	item	affects	profit	or	loss.	Changes	in	the	fair	value	of	any	
derivative	instruments	that	are	not	hedge	accounted	are	recognised	
immediately	in	the	income	statement.

Secured notes
The	Group’s	secured	notes	contain	early	repayment	options	which	
constitute	embedded	derivatives	in	accordance	with	IAS	39,	Financial	
Instruments:	Recognition	and	Measurement’.	The	accounting	for	
these	early	repayment	options	depends	on	whether	they	are	
considered	to	be	closely	related	to	the	host	contract	or	not	based	on	
IAS	39.	Where	they	are	closely	related,	the	early	repayment	option		
is	not	accounted	for	separately	and	the	notes	are	recorded	within	

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedborrowings,	net	of	direct	transaction	costs.	The	interest	expense	is	
calculated	by	applying	the	effective	interest	rate	method.	

In	circumstances	where	the	early	repayment	option	is	not	considered	
closely	related	to	the	host	contract,	the	repayment	option	has	to	be	
valued	separately.	At	the	date	of	issue	the	liability	component	of	the	
notes	is	estimated	using	prevailing	market	interest	rates	for	similar	
debt	with	no	repayment	option	and	is	recorded	within	borrowings,	net	
of	direct	transaction	costs.	The	difference	between	the	proceeds	of	
the	note	issue	and	the	fair	value	assigned	to	the	liability	component,	
representing	the	embedded	option	to	prepay	the	notes	is	included	
within	‘Other	financial	assets	–	derivatives’.	The	interest	expense	on	
the	liability	component	is	calculated	by	applying	the	effective	interest	
rate	method.	The	embedded	option	to	prepay	is	fair	valued	using	an	
appropriate	valuation	model	and	fair	value	remeasurement	gains		
and	losses	are	included	in	investment	income	and	interest		
expense	respectively.

Where	the	Group’s	senior	secured	notes	are	issued	at	a	premium		
or	a	discount,	they	are	initially	recognised	at	their	face	value	plus		
or	minus	the	premium	or	discount.	The	notes	are	subsequently	
measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	rate	method.

Provisions
Provisions	are	recognised	when	the	Group	has	a	present	obligation		
as	a	result	of	a	past	event,	and	it	is	probable	that	the	Group	will	be	
required	to	settle	that	obligation.	Provisions	are	measured	at	the	
directors’	best	estimate	of	the	expenditure	required	to	settle	the	
obligation	at	the	balance	sheet	date	and	are	discounted	to	present	
value	where	the	effect	is	material.

Employee Share Ownership Trust
Shares	in	the	Company	acquired	by	the	Employee	Share	Ownership	
Trust	(‘ESOT’)	in	the	open	market	for	use	in	connection	with	employee	
share	plans	are	presented	as	a	deduction	from	shareholders’	funds.	
When	the	shares	vest	to	satisfy	share-based	payments,	a	transfer	is	
made	from	own	shares	held	through	the	ESOT	to	retained	earnings.

Own shares held by the Company
The	cost	of	own	shares	held	by	the	Company	is	deducted	from	
shareholders’	funds.	The	proceeds	from	the	reissue	of	own	shares	are	
added	to	shareholders’	funds	with	any	gains	in	excess	of	the	average	
cost	of	the	shares	being	recognised	in	the	share	premium	account.

Assets held for sale
Non-current	assets	held	for	sale	and	disposal	groups	are	measured	
at	the	lower	of	carrying	amount	and	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell.	Such	
assets	are	classified	as	held	for	sale	if	their	carrying	amount	will	be	
recovered	through	a	sale	transaction	rather	than	through	continuing	
use.	Such	assets	are	not	depreciated.	Assets	are	regarded	as	held	for	
sale	only	when	the	sale	is	highly	probable	and	the	asset	is	available	
for	sale	in	its	present	condition.	Management	must	be	committed	to	
the	sale	which	must	be	expected	to	qualify	for	recognition	as	a	
completed	sale	within	one	year	from	the	date	of	classification.

3 SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS
Business segments
The	Group	operates	one	class	of	business;	rental	of	equipment.	
Operationally,	the	Group	is	split	into	two	business	units,	Sunbelt	and	
A-Plant	which	report	separately	to,	and	are	managed	by,	the	chief	
executive	and	align	with	the	geographies	in	which	they	operate,		
being	North	America	and	the	United	Kingdom,	respectively.	These	
business	units	are	the	basis	on	which	the	Group	reports	its	segment	
information.	The	Group	manages	debt	and	taxation	centrally,	rather	
than	by	business	unit.	Accordingly,	segmental	results	are	stated	
before	interest	and	taxation	which	are	reported	as	central	Group	
items.	This	is	consistent	with	the	way	the	chief	executive	reviews		
the	business.

Year ended 30 April 2015
Revenue
Operating	costs
EBITDA
Depreciation
Segment	result	before	amortisation
Amortisation
Segment	result
Net	financing	costs
Profit	before	taxation
Taxation
Profit	attributable	to	equity	shareholders

Segment	assets
Cash
Taxation	assets
Total	assets

Segment	liabilities
Corporate	borrowings	and	accrued	interest
Taxation	liabilities
Total	liabilities

Sunbelt
£m
1,715.9
(906.7)
809.2
(288.3)
520.9
(11.2)
509.7

A-Plant
£m
323.0
(213.5)
109.5
(63.2)
46.3
(4.6)
41.7

Corporate
items
£m
–
(10.3)
(10.3)
–
(10.3)
–
(10.3)

3,309.7

514.7

0.1

441.9

81.6

4.3

Group
£m
2,038.9
(1,130.5)
908.4
(351.5)
556.9
(15.8)
541.1
(67.3)
473.8
(170.4)
303.4

3,824.5
10.5
26.2
3,861.2

527.8
1,711.2
510.7
2,749.7

Other	non-cash	expenditure	–	share-based	payments

2.2

0.6

1.2

4.0

Capital	expenditure

1,127.1

180.7

–

1,307.8

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

81

Financial statements3 SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS CONTINUED
There	are	no	sales	between	the	business	segments.	Segment	assets	include	property,	plant	and	equipment,	goodwill,	intangibles,	inventory	
and	receivables.	Segment	liabilities	comprise	operating	liabilities	and	exclude	taxation	balances,	corporate	borrowings	and	accrued	interest.	
Capital	expenditure	represents	additions	to	property,	plant	and	equipment	and	intangible	assets,	including	goodwill,	and	includes	additions	
through	the	acquisition	of	businesses.

Year	ended	30	April	2014
Revenue
Operating	costs
EBITDA
Depreciation
Segment	result	before	exceptional	items	and	amortisation
Exceptional	items
Amortisation
Segment	result
Net	financing	costs
Profit	before	taxation
Taxation
Profit	attributable	to	equity	shareholders

Segment	assets
Cash
Taxation	assets
Total	assets

Segment	liabilities
Corporate	borrowings	and	accrued	interest
Taxation	liabilities
Total	liabilities

Other	non-cash	expenditure	–	share-based	payments

Capital	expenditure

Sunbelt	includes	Sunbelt	Rentals	of	Canada	Inc..

Sunbelt
£m
1,366.2
(749.7)
616.5
(222.5)
394.0
–
(5.7)
388.3

A-Plant
£m
268.5
(189.9)
78.6
(53.4)
25.2
4.2
(4.1)
25.3

Corporate
items
£m
–
(10.0)
(10.0)
–
(10.0)
–
–
(10.0)

2,252.7

406.7

0.3

301.7

63.1

5.8

2.0

0.5

695.8

156.3

0.9

–

Group
£m
1,634.7
(949.6)
685.1
(275.9)
409.2
4.2
(9.8)
403.6
(47.1)
356.5
(125.3)
231.2

2,659.7
2.8
9.9
2,672.4

370.6
1,161.9
315.5
1,848.0

3.4

852.1

Segmental analysis by geography
The	Group’s	operations	are	located	in	North	America	and	the	United	Kingdom.	The	following	table	provides	an	analysis	of	the	Group’s	revenue,	
segment	assets	and	capital	expenditure,	including	expenditure	on	acquisitions,	by	country	of	domicile.	Segment	assets	by	geography	include	
property,	plant	and	equipment,	goodwill	and	intangible	assets	but	exclude	inventory	and	receivables.

North	America
United	Kingdom

2015
£m
1,715.9
323.0
2,038.9

Revenue

2014
£m
1,366.2
268.5
1,634.7

Segment	assets

Capital	expenditure

2015
£m
2,976.8
443.2
3,420.0

2014
£m
2,030.1
345.2
2,375.3

2015
£m
1,127.1
180.7
1,307.8

2014
£m
695.8
156.3
852.1

82 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedBefore
exceptional
items	and
amortisation
£m

Exceptional
items	and
amortisation
£m

4 OPERATING COSTS AND OTHER INCOME

Staff	costs:
Salaries
Social	security	costs
Other	pension	costs

Used	rental	equipment	sold
Other	operating	costs:
Vehicle	costs
Spares,	consumables	and	external	repairs
Facility	costs
Other	external	charges

Depreciation	and	amortisation:
Depreciation	of	owned	assets
Depreciation	of	leased	assets
Amortisation	of	intangibles

Before
amortisation
£m

Amortisation
£m

441.8
36.0
8.5
486.3

86.3

117.8
102.7
58.9
278.5
557.9

349.9
1.6
–
351.5

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
15.8
15.8

2015

Total
£m

441.8
36.0
8.5
486.3

380.4
29.7
7.2
417.3

86.3

73.4

117.8
102.7
58.9
278.5
557.9

349.9
1.6
15.8
367.3

105.9
83.4
50.4
219.2
458.9

275.2
0.7
–
275.9

2014

Total
£m

380.4
29.7
7.2
417.3

73.4

105.9
83.4
50.4
215.0
454.7

275.2
0.7
9.8
285.7

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
(4.2)
(4.2)

–
–
9.8
9.8

Proceeds	from	the	disposal	of	non-rental	property,	plant	and	equipment	amounted	to	£7m	(2014:	£12m),	resulting	in	a	profit	on	disposal	of	£1m	
(2014:	£3m)	which	is	included	in	other	external	charges.

1,482.0

15.8

1,497.8

1,225.5

5.6

1,231.1

The	costs	shown	in	the	above	table	include:

Operating	lease	rentals	payable:

Plant	and	equipment
Property

Cost	of	inventories	recognised	as	expense
Bad	debt	expense
Net	foreign	exchange	losses

Staff	costs	include	Directors’	remuneration.	Directors’	remuneration	comprised:

Salaries	and	short-term	employee	benefits
Post-employment	benefits
National	insurance	and	social	security
Share-based	payments

2015
£m

2.2
41.0
168.4
12.8
(0.2)

2015
£’000
4,277
30
348
1,349
6,004

2014
£m

2.1
35.2
138.2
9.6
0.2

2014
£’000
6,674
67
376
1,075
8,192

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

83

Financial statements4 OPERATING COSTS AND OTHER INCOME CONTINUED
Remuneration	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditor,	Deloitte	LLP,	in	the	year	is	given	below:

Fees	payable	to	Deloitte	UK	and	its	associates	for	the	audit	of	the	Group’s	annual	accounts

Fees	payable	to	Deloitte	UK	and	its	associates	for	other	services	to	the	Group:
–	the	audit	of	the	Group’s	UK	subsidiaries	pursuant	to	legislation
–	audit-related	assurance	services
–	other	assurance	services

2015
£’000
636

38
64
80
818

2014
£’000
603

40
62
173
878

Fees	paid	for	audit-related	assurance	services	relate	to	the	half-year	and	quarterly	reviews	of	the	Group’s	interim	financial	statements.	Other	
assurance	services	relate	to	comfort	letters	provided	in	connection	with	the	$500m	5.625%	senior	secured	notes	issue	due	in	2024	and	in	the	
prior	year	relate	to	comfort	letters	provided	in	connection	with	the	$400m	add-on	to	the	6.5%	second	priority	senior	secured	notes	due	in	2022	
as	well	as	due	diligence	support.	

5 EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS AND AMORTISATION

Release	of	contingent	consideration	provision
Amortisation	of	intangibles

Taxation

2015
£m
–
15.8
15.8
(5.1)
10.7

The	£4m	release	of	contingent	consideration	in	the	prior	year	relates	to	a	provision	for	contingent	consideration	on	the	acquisition	of	Eve	
Trakway	Limited	which	was	payable	depending	on	increased	earnings	targets.	£7m	was	provided	in	full	on	acquisition.	The	targets	were	
achieved	partially	and	the	over-provision	was	released.

6 NET FINANCING COSTS

Investment income
Net	interest	on	the	net	defined	benefit	asset

Interest expense
Bank	interest	payable
Interest	payable	on	second	priority	senior	secured	notes
Interest	payable	on	finance	leases
Non-cash	unwind	of	discount	on	provisions
Amortisation	of	deferred	costs	of	debt	raising
Total	interest	expense

Net	financing	costs

2015
£m

(0.2)

17.5
47.5
0.2
0.8
1.5
67.5

67.3

2014
£m
(4.2)
9.8
5.6
(3.3)
2.3

2014
£m

–

18.4
26.3
0.2
0.4
1.8
47.1

47.1

84 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued7 TAXATION
The	tax	charge	for	the	period	has	been	computed	using	an	effective	rate	for	the	year	of	39%	in	North	America	(2014:	39%)	and	21%	in	the	UK	
(2014:	26%).	The	blended	effective	rate	for	the	Group	as	a	whole	is	36%	(2014:	36%).

Analysis of the tax charge
Current	tax
–	current	tax	on	income	for	the	year
–	adjustments	to	prior	year

Deferred	tax
–	origination	and	reversal	of	temporary	differences
–	adjustments	to	prior	year
–	adjustments	due	to	change	in	UK	and	North	American	corporate	tax	rates

Total	taxation	charge

Comprising:
–	UK	tax
–	North	American	tax

2015
£m

2014
£m

19.5
(0.3)
19.2

151.2
–
–
151.2

16.8
(7.7)
9.1

113.9
4.6
(2.3)
116.2

170.4

125.3

16.4
154.0
170.4

12.3
113.0
125.3

The	tax	charge	comprises	a	charge	of	£175.5m	(2014:	£128.6m)	relating	to	tax	on	the	profit	before	exceptional	items	and	amortisation,	together	
with	a	credit	of	£5.1m	(2014:	£3.3m)	on	exceptional	items	and	amortisation.

The	tax	charge	for	the	period	is	higher	than	the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	of	21%	for	the	year.	The	differences	are	explained	
below:

Profit	on	ordinary	activities	before	tax

Profit	on	ordinary	activities	multiplied	by	the	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	of	20.9%	(2014:	22.8%)
Effects	of:
Use	of	foreign	tax	rates	on	overseas	income
Other
Adjustments	to	prior	years
Total	taxation	charge

2015
£m
473.8

2014
£m
356.5

99.0

81.3

70.5
1.2
(0.3)
170.4

47.7
(0.6)
(3.1)
125.3

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

85

Financial statements8 DIVIDENDS

Final	dividend	paid	on	5	September	2014	of	9.25p	(2014:	6.0p)	per	10p	ordinary	share
Interim	dividend	paid	on	4	February	2015	of	3.0p	(2014:	2.25p)	per	10p	ordinary	share

2015
£m
46.4
15.0
61.4

2014
£m
30.1
11.2
41.3

In	addition,	the	directors	are	proposing	a	final	dividend	in	respect	of	the	financial	year	ended	30	April	2015	of	12.25p	per	share	which	will	absorb	
£61m	of	shareholders’	funds	based	on	the	501m	shares	qualifying	for	dividend	at	15	June	2015.	Subject	to	approval	by	shareholders,	it	will	be	
paid	on	4	September	2015	to	shareholders	who	are	on	the	register	of	members	on	14	August	2015.

9 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic	earnings	per	share
Share	options	and	share	plan	awards
Diluted	earnings	per	share

Weighted 
average no.
of shares
million
501.4
3.2
504.6

Earnings
£m
303.4
–
303.4

2015

Per
share
amount
pence
60.5
(0.4)
60.1

Weighted
average	no.
of	shares
million
501.1
3.7
504.8

Earnings
£m
231.2
–
231.2

Underlying	earnings	per	share	may	be	reconciled	to	basic	earnings	per	share	as	follows:

Basic	earnings	per	share
Amortisation	of	intangibles
Tax	on	amortisation
Underlying	earnings	per	share

10 INVENTORIES

Raw	materials,	consumables	and	spares
Goods	for	resale

2015
pence
60.5
3.1
(1.0)
62.6

2015
£m
14.9
9.0
23.9

2014

Per
share
amount
pence
46.1
(0.3)
45.8

2014
pence
46.1
1.1
(0.6)
46.6

2014
£m
9.4
9.1
18.5

86 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued11 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade	receivables
Less:	allowance	for	bad	and	doubtful	receivables	

Other	receivables
–	Accrued	revenue
–	Other

2015
£m
347.8
(21.3)
326.5

21.6
29.4
377.5

2014
£m
237.5
(16.1)
221.4

16.0
22.4
259.8

The	fair	values	of	trade	and	other	receivables	are	not	materially	different	to	the	carrying	values	presented.

a) Trade receivables: credit risk
The	Group’s	exposure	to	the	credit	risk	inherent	in	its	trade	receivables	and	the	associated	risk	management	techniques	that	the	Group	
deploys	in	order	to	mitigate	this	risk	are	discussed	in	Note	24.	The	credit	periods	offered	to	customers	vary	according	to	the	credit	risk	profiles	
of,	and	the	invoicing	conventions	established	in,	the	Group’s	markets.	The	contractual	terms	on	invoices	issued	to	customers	vary	between	
North	America	and	the	UK	in	that,	invoices	issued	by	A-Plant	are	payable	within	30–60	days	whereas,	invoices	issued	by	Sunbelt	are	payable		
on	receipt.	Therefore,	on	this	basis,	a	significant	proportion	of	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	are	contractually	past	due.	The	allowance	for	bad	
and	doubtful	receivables	is	calculated	based	on	prior	experience	reflecting	the	level	of	uncollected	receivables	over	the	last	year	within	each	
business.	Accordingly,	this	cannot	be	attributed	to	specific	receivables	so	the	aged	analysis	of	trade	receivables,	including	those	past	due,		
is	shown	gross	of	the	allowance	for	bad	and	doubtful	receivables.

On	this	basis,	the	ageing	analysis	of	trade	receivables,	including	those	past	due,	is	as	follows:

Carrying	value	at	30	April	2015
Carrying	value	at	30	April	2014

Trade	receivables	past	due	by:

Current
£m
32.4
28.9

Less	than
30	days
£m
172.1
116.3

30	–	60
days
£m
82.1
52.9

60	–	90
days
£m
25.8
17.0

More	than
90	days
£m
35.4
22.4

Total
£m
347.8
237.5

In	practice,	Sunbelt	operates	on	30-day	terms	and	considers	receivables	past	due	if	they	are	unpaid	after	30	days.	On	this	basis,	the	Group’s	
ageing	of	trade	receivables,	including	those	past	due,	is	as	follows:

Carrying	value	at	30	April	2015
Carrying	value	at	30	April	2014

Trade	receivables	past	due	by:

Current
£m
182.1
130.3

Less	than
30	days
£m
98.2
63.0

30	–	60
days
£m
27.8
19.8

60	–	90
days
£m
15.1
9.7

More	than
90	days
£m
24.6
14.7

Total
£m
347.8
237.5

b) Movement in the allowance account for bad and doubtful receivables

At	1	May
Amounts	written	off	or	recovered	during	the	year
Increase	in	allowance	recognised	in	income	statement
Currency	movements
At	30	April

12 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

The	carrying	amount	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents	approximates	to	their	fair	value.

2015
£m
16.1
(9.0)
12.8
1.4
21.3

2015
£m
10.5

2014
£m
15.6
(8.1)
9.6
(1.0)
16.1

2014
£m
2.8

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

87

Financial statements13 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cost or valuation
At 1 May 2013
Exchange	differences
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Additions
Disposals
At 30 April 2014
Exchange	differences
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Additions
Disposals
At 30 April 2015

Depreciation
At 1 May 2013
Exchange	differences
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Charge	for	the	period
Disposals
At 30 April 2014
Exchange	differences
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Charge	for	the	period
Disposals
At 30 April 2015

Net book value
At 30 April 2015
At	30	April	2014

Land	and
buildings
£m

Rental
equipment
£m

Office	and
workshop
equipment
£m

90.5
(4.3)
0.3
–
7.9
(1.1)
93.3
5.6
1.7
0.5
14.2
(0.9)
114.4

36.1
(1.9)
0.3
–
4.3
(0.8)
38.0
2.4
–
–
5.6
(0.5)
45.5

2,186.5
(146.6)
111.5
(1.2)
657.0
(231.4)
2,575.8
214.3
174.4
(2.4)
979.1
(303.0)
3,638.2

778.7
(60.7)
61.2
(0.5)
243.4
(162.6)
859.5
76.7
77.0
(1.5)
309.5
(217.2)
1,104.0

51.6
(3.1)
3.1
2.1
5.2
(2.2)
56.7
3.9
0.3
3.0
9.9
(3.3)
70.5

41.5
(2.7)
3.0
1.2
4.3
(2.0)
45.3
3.4
0.2
1.7
5.2
(3.2)
52.6

Owned
£m

180.3
(12.1)
5.4
(0.9)
68.5
(34.9)
206.3
17.9
19.1
(1.1)
57.1
(20.3)
279.0

70.8
(5.6)
3.8
(0.7)
23.2
(27.5)
64.0
6.0
9.4
(0.2)
30.0
(15.7)
93.5

Motor	vehicles

Held	under
finance
leases
£m

5.0
–
1.4
–
2.0
(2.8)
5.6
–
–
–
2.8
(2.2)
6.2

2.2
–
0.7
–
0.7
(1.8)
1.8
–
–
–
1.2
(1.4)
1.6

Total
£m

2,513.9
(166.1)
121.7
–
740.6
(272.4)
2,937.7
241.7
195.5
–
1,063.1
(329.7)
4,108.3

929.3
(70.9)
69.0
–
275.9
(194.7)
1,008.6
88.5
86.6
–
351.5
(238.0)
1,297.2

68.9
55.3

2,534.2
1,716.3

17.9
11.4

185.5
142.3

4.6
3.8

2,811.1
1,929.1

£2m	of	rebuild	costs	were	capitalised	in	the	year	(2014:	£nil).	Rental	equipment	includes	leased	assets	with	a	net	book	value	of	£0.4m	
(2014:	£0.8m).

88 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued14 INTANGIBLE ASSETS INCLUDING GOODWILL

Cost or valuation
At 1 May 2013
Recognised	on	acquisition
Exchange	differences
At 30 April 2014
Recognised	on	acquisition
Exchange	differences
At 30 April 2015

Amortisation
At 1 May 2013
Charge	for	the	period
Exchange	differences
At 30 April 2014
Charge	for	the	period
Exchange	differences
At 30 April 2015

Net book value
At 30 April 2015
At	30	April	2014

Goodwill
£m

Brand
names
£m

Customer
lists
£m

Contract
related
£m

Total
£m

Total
£m

Other	intangible	assets

397.3
33.6
(30.5)
400.4
76.7
39.1
516.2

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

516.2
400.4

15.9
0.9
(1.1)
15.7
–
0.9
16.6

13.1
0.6
(1.0)
12.7
0.6
0.8
14.1

2.5
3.0

27.6
23.2
(2.3)
48.5
52.8
3.7
105.0

5.4
7.0
(0.5)
11.9
12.2
0.8
24.9

80.1
36.6

22.1
1.1
(1.1)
22.1
6.3
1.4
29.8

14.5
2.2
(0.8)
15.9
3.0
0.8
19.7

10.1
6.2

65.6
25.2
(4.5)
86.3
59.1
6.0
151.4

33.0
9.8
(2.3)
40.5
15.8
2.4
58.7

462.9
58.8
(35.0)
486.7
135.8
45.1
667.6

33.0
9.8
(2.3)
40.5
15.8
2.4
58.7

92.7
45.8

608.9
446.2

Goodwill	acquired	in	a	business	combination	is	allocated	at	acquisition	to	the	cash-generating	units	(‘CGU’)	that	benefit	from	that	business	
combination.	During	the	year,	following	the	growth	in	the	Group’s	specialty	businesses,	it	reassessed	its	CGUs.	As	a	result,	the	Group	
concluded	certain	specialty	businesses	should	be	classified	as	separate	CGUs,	based	on	them	generating	separately	identifiable	cash	flows.	
Goodwill	allocated	to	each	of	the	Group’s	CGUs	is	as	follows:

Sunbelt
Pump	&	Power
Climate	Control
Scaffolding
General	equipment	and	related	businesses

A-Plant
Eve	(temporary	roadways	and	barriers)
PSS	(trenchless	technology	and	fusion)
FLG	(lifting)
General	equipment	and	related	businesses

2015
£m

26.7
15.6
11.9
424.5
478.7

14.3
4.7
3.7
14.8
37.5

2014
£m

7.5
6.8
10.8
342.4
367.5

10.7
4.7
3.3
14.2
32.9

Total	goodwill

516.2

400.4

For	the	purposes	of	determining	potential	goodwill	impairment,	recoverable	amounts	are	determined	from	value	in	use	calculations	using	
cash	flow	projections	based	on	financial	plans	covering	a	three-year	period	which	were	adopted	and	approved	by	the	Board	in	April	2015.		
The	key	assumptions	for	these	financial	plans	are	those	regarding	revenue	growth,	margins	and	capital	expenditure	required	to	replace	the	
rental	fleet	and	support	the	growth	forecast	which	management	estimates	based	on	past	experience,	market	conditions	and	expectations	for	
the	future	development	of	the	market.	The	projections	consist	of	the	2015/16	budget,	a	further	two	years	from	the	Group’s	business	plan	and		
a	further	seven	years’	cash	flows.	The	valuation	uses	an	annual	growth	rate	to	determine	the	cash	flows	beyond	the	three-year	business	plan	
period	of	2%,	which	does	not	exceed	the	average	long-term	growth	rates	for	the	relevant	markets,	a	terminal	value	reflective	of	market	
multiples	and	discount	rates	of	15%	and	12%	for	the	US	and	UK	businesses	respectively.

The	impairment	review	is	sensitive	to	a	change	in	key	assumptions	used,	most	notably	the	discount	rate	and	the	annuity	growth	rates.		
A	sensitivity	analysis	has	been	undertaken	by	changing	the	key	assumptions	used	for	each	CGU	in	both	Sunbelt	and	A-Plant.	Based	on	this	
sensitivity	analysis,	no	reasonably	possible	change	in	the	assumptions	resulted	in	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	CGUs	identified	above	being	
reduced	to	their	carrying	value.	

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

89

Financial statements14 INTANGIBLE ASSETS INCLUDING GOODWILL CONTINUED
Sunbelt
General equipment and related businesses 
Revenue	for	the	general	equipment	business	is	linked	primarily	to	US	non-residential	construction	spend,	which	is	expected	to	continue	to	
grow	during	the	business	plan	period.	These	businesses	have	grown	more	rapidly	than	both	non-residential	construction	and	the	broader	
rental	market	and	this	outperformance	is	expected	to	continue	over	the	business	plan	period,	although	not	necessarily	to	the	same	degree	
as	over	recent	years.	EBITDA	margins	are	forecast	to	increase	slightly	from	current	levels	as	the	businesses	benefit	from	improving	market	
conditions	and	increased	scale.

Pump & Power, Climate Control and Scaffolding
Revenue	for	the	Pump	&	Power,	Climate	Control	and	Scaffolding	businesses	is	in	part	linked	to	the	level	of	non-residential	construction	and	
also	general	levels	of	economic	activity.	EBITDA	margins	are	forecast	to	increase	slightly	from	current	levels	as	the	businesses	benefit	from	
increase	scale.

A-Plant
Revenue	for	each	of	the	A-Plant	CGUs	is	linked	primarily	to	UK	non-residential	construction	spend.	This	market	is	expected	to	grow	during	the	
business	plan	period.	A-Plant	has	grown	over	the	last	two	years	more	quickly	than	non-residential	construction	and	we	expect	it	to	perform	
ahead	of	the	market	over	the	business	plan	period.	The	Eve	business	is	also	reliant	on	the	events	market	which	is	expected	to	grow	at	a	similar	
rate	to	construction	markets.	EBITDA	margins	are	forecast	to	increase	slightly	from	current	levels	as	the	A-Plant	CGUs	benefit	from	
improving	market	conditions	and	increased	scale.	

15 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade	payables
Other	taxes	and	social	security
Accruals	and	deferred	income

2015
£m
264.4
27.6
199.7
491.7

2014
£m
161.4
21.6
162.8
345.8

Trade	and	other	payables	include	amounts	relating	to	the	purchase	of	fixed	assets	of	£261m	(2014:	£152m).	The	fair	values	of	trade	and	other	
payables	are	not	materially	different	from	the	carrying	values	presented.

16 BORROWINGS

Current
Finance	lease	obligations
Non-current
First	priority	senior	secured	bank	debt
Finance	lease	obligations
6.5%	second	priority	senior	secured	notes,	due	2022
5.625%	second	priority	senior	secured	notes,	due	2024

2015
£m

2.0

782.7
3.3
589.8
319.8
1,695.6

2014
£m

2.2

609.5
2.4
537.3
–
1,149.2

The	senior	secured	bank	debt	and	the	senior	secured	notes	are	secured	by	way	of,	respectively,	first	and	second	priority	fixed	and	floating	
charges	over	substantially	all	the	Group’s	property,	plant	and	equipment,	inventory	and	trade	receivables.

First priority senior secured credit facility
At	30	April	2015,	$2.0bn	was	committed	by	our	senior	lenders	under	the	asset-based	senior	secured	revolving	credit	facility	(‘ABL	facility’)		
until	August	2018	while	the	amount	utilised	was	$1,251m	(including	letters	of	credit	totalling	$33m).	The	ABL	facility	is	secured	by	a	first	
priority	interest	in	substantially	all	of	the	Group’s	assets.	Pricing	for	the	revolving	credit	facility	is	based	on	the	ratio	of	funded	debt	to	EBITDA	
before	exceptional	items	according	to	a	grid	which	varies,	depending	on	leverage,	from	LIBOR	plus	175bp	to	LIBOR	plus	225bp.	At	30	April	2015	
the	Group’s	borrowing	rate	was	LIBOR	plus	175bp.

There	are	two	financial	performance	covenants	under	the	asset-based	first	priority	senior	bank	facility:

•	 funded	debt	to	LTM	(last	12	months)	EBITDA	before	exceptional	items	not	to	exceed	4.0	times;	and
•	 a	fixed	charge	ratio	(comprising	LTM	EBITDA	before	exceptional	items	less	LTM	net	capital	expenditure	paid	in	cash	over	the	sum	of	

scheduled	debt	repayments	plus	cash	interest,	cash	tax	payments	and	dividends	paid	in	the	last	12	months)	which	must	be	equal	to	or	
greater	than	1.0	times.

90 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedThese	covenants	do	not,	however,	apply	when	excess	availability	(the	difference	between	the	borrowing	base	and	facility	utilisation)	
exceeds	$200m.	At	30	April	2015	excess	availability	under	the	bank	facility	was	$756m	($916m	at	30	April	2014),	with	an	additional	$1,741m	of	
suppressed	availability	meaning	that	covenants	were	not	measured	at	30	April	2015	and	are	unlikely	to	be	measured	in	forthcoming	quarters.	
Accordingly,	the	accounts	are	prepared	on	a	going	concern	basis.

As	a	matter	of	good	practice,	we	calculate	the	covenant	ratios	each	quarter.	At	30	April	2015,	as	a	result	of	the	continued	significant	investment	
in	our	rental	fleet,	the	fixed	charge	ratio,	as	expected,	did	not	meet	the	covenant	requirement	whilst	the	leverage	ratio	did	so	comfortably.	
The	fact	the	fixed	charge	ratio	is	below	1.0	times	does	not	cause	concern	given	the	strong	availability	and	management’s	ability	to	flex	capital	
expenditure	downwards	at	short	notice.	

6.5% second priority senior secured notes due 2022 having a nominal value of $900m and 5.625% second priority 
senior secured notes due 2024 having a nominal value of $500m 
At	30	April	2015	the	Group,	through	its	wholly	owned	subsidiary	Ashtead	Capital,	Inc.,	had	outstanding	two	series	of	second	priority	senior	
secured	notes	with	nominal	values	of	$900m	and	$500m.	The	$900m	of	notes	carry	an	interest	rate	of	6.5%	and	are	due	on	15	July	2022	while	
the	$500m	of	notes	carry	an	interest	rate	of	5.625%	and	are	due	on	1	October	2024.	The	notes	are	secured	by	second	priority	interests	over	
substantially	the	same	assets	as	the	ABL	facility	and	are	also	guaranteed	by	Ashtead	Group	plc.

Under	the	terms	of	the	6.5%	and	5.625%	notes	the	Group	is,	subject	to	important	exceptions,	restricted	in	its	ability	to	incur	additional	debt,		
pay	dividends,	make	investments,	sell	assets,	enter	into	sale	and	leaseback	transactions	and	merge	or	consolidate	with	another	company.	
Financial	performance	covenants	under	the	6.5%	and	5.625%	senior	secured	note	issue	are	only	measured	at	the	time	new	debt	is	raised.

The	effective	rates	of	interest	at	the	balance	sheet	date	were	as	follows:

First	priority	senior	secured	bank	debt	 –	revolving	advances	in	dollars
Secured	notes

–	$900m	nominal	value
–	$500m	nominal	value

Finance	leases

17 OBLIGATIONS UNDER FINANCE LEASES

Amounts	payable	under	finance	leases:
Less	than	one	year
Later	than	one	year	but	not	more	than	five

Future	finance	charges

2015
1.97%
6.5%
5.625%
6.3%

2014
1.98%
6.5%
–
6.7%

Minimum	
lease	payments

Present	value	of	
minimum	lease	payments

2015
£m

2.2
3.7

5.9
(0.6)
5.3

2014
£m

2.4
2.6

5.0
(0.4)
4.6

2015
£m

2.0
3.3
5.3

2014
£m

2.2
2.4
4.6

The	Group’s	obligations	under	finance	leases	are	secured	by	the	lessor’s	rights	over	the	leased	assets	disclosed	in	Note	13.

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

91

Financial statements18 PROVISIONS

At	1	May	2014
Acquired	businesses	
Exchange	differences
Utilised/released
Charged	in	the	year	
Amortisation	of	discount
At 30 April 2015

Included	in	current	liabilities
Included	in	non-current	liabilities

Self-insurance
£m
17.2
–
1.7
(18.5)
18.3
0.3
19.0

Vacant
property
£m
7.2
–
0.3
(2.2)
–
–
5.3

Contingent
consideration
£m
10.9
18.4
1.2
(5.6)
–
0.5
25.4

2015
£m
18.4
31.3
49.7

Total
£m
35.3
18.4
3.2
(26.3)
18.3
0.8
49.7

2014
£m
15.0
20.3
35.3

Self-insurance	provisions	relate	to	the	discounted	estimated	liability	in	respect	of	claims	excesses	to	be	incurred	under	the	Group’s	insurance	
programmes	for	events	occurring	up	to	the	year	end	and	are	expected	to	be	utilised	over	a	period	of	approximately	eight	years.	The	provision		
is	established	based	on	advice	received	from	independent	actuaries	of	the	estimated	total	cost	of	the	self-insured	retained	risk	based	on	
historical	claims	experience.	The	amount	charged	in	the	year	is	stated	net	of	a	£3.9m	adjustment	to	reduce	the	provision	held	at	1	May	2014.

The	majority	of	the	provision	for	vacant	property	costs	is	expected	to	be	utilised	over	a	period	of	up	to	three	years.	The	provision	for	contingent	
consideration	relates	to	recent	acquisitions	and	is	expected	to	be	paid	out	over	the	next	two	years.

19 DEFERRED TAX
Deferred tax assets

At	1	May	2014
Offset	against	deferred	tax	liability	at	1	May	2014
Gross	deferred	tax	assets	at	1	May	2014
Exchange	differences
(Charge)/credit	to	income	statement
Credit/(charge)	to	equity
Acquisitions
Less	offset	against	deferred	tax	liability
At 30 April 2015

Deferred tax liabilities

Net	deferred	tax	liability	at	1	May	2014
Deferred	tax	assets	offset	at	1	May	2014
Gross	deferred	tax	liability	at	1	May	2014
Exchange	differences
Charge/(credit)	to	income	statement
Credit	to	equity
Acquisitions

Less	offset	of	deferred	tax	assets
–	benefit	of	tax	losses
–	other	temporary	differences
At 30 April 2015

Tax	losses
£m
–
68.4
68.4
6.4
(9.1)
5.1
–
(70.8)
–

Accelerated
	tax
depreciation
£m
305.9
118.4
424.3
47.3
148.8
–
8.0
628.4

Other
temporary
differences
£m
–
50.0
50.0
4.8
6.3
(2.8)
(2.3)
(56.0)
–

Other
temporary
differences
£m
3.8
–
3.8
–
(0.5)
(0.6)
0.2
2.9

Total
£m
–
118.4
118.4
11.2
(2.8)
2.3
(2.3)
(126.8)
–

Total
£m
309.7
118.4
428.1
47.3
148.3
(0.6)
8.2
631.3

(70.8)
(56.0)
504.5

The	Group	has	an	unrecognised	UK	deferred	tax	asset	of	£1.2m	(2014:	£1.2m)	in	respect	of	losses	in	a	non-trading	UK	company,	as	it	is	not	
considered	probable	this	deferred	tax	asset	will	be	utilised.

At	the	balance	sheet	date,	no	temporary	differences	associated	with	undistributed	earnings	of	subsidiaries	are	considered	to	exist	as	UK	tax	
legislation	largely	exempts	overseas	dividends	received	from	UK	tax.

92 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued20 SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Ordinary	shares	of	10p	each
Authorised

Issued	and	fully	paid:
At	1	May	and	30	April

2015
Number

2014
Number

900,000,000

900,000,000

2015
£m

90.0

2014
£m

90.0

553,325,554

553,325,554

55.3

55.3

There	were	no	movements	in	shares	authorised	or	allotted	during	the	period.

At	30	April	2015,	50m	(2014:	50m)	shares	were	held	by	the	Company,	acquired	at	an	average	cost	of	67p	(2014:	67p)	and	a	further	1.9m	
(2014:	2.1m)	shares	were	held	by	the	Company’s	Employee	Share	Ownership	Trust	to	facilitate	the	provision	of	shares	under	the	Group’s	
Performance	Share	Plan.

The	non-distributable	reserve	relates	to	the	reserve	created	on	the	cancellation	of	the	then	share	premium	account	in	August	2005.	
This	reserve	will	become	distributable	in	August	2015,	10	years	after	the	date	of	cancellation.

21 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The	Employee	Share	Ownership	Trust	(‘ESOT’)	facilitates	the	provision	of	shares	under	the	Group’s	Performance	Share	Plan	(‘PSP’).	It	holds	a	
beneficial	interest	in	1,925,348	ordinary	shares	of	the	Company	acquired	at	an	average	cost	of	806.5p	per	share.	The	shares	had	a	market	value	
of	£21.7m	at	30	April	2015.	The	ESOT	has	waived	the	right	to	receive	dividends	on	the	shares	it	holds.	The	costs	of	operating	the	ESOT	are	borne	
by	the	Group	but	are	not	significant.

Details	of	the	PSP	are	given	on	pages	55	and	61.	The	costs	of	this	scheme	are	charged	to	the	income	statement	over	the	vesting	period,	based	
on	the	fair	value	of	the	award	at	the	grant	date	and	the	likelihood	of	allocations	vesting	under	the	scheme.	In	2015,	there	was	a	net	charge	to	
pre-tax	profit	in	respect	of	the	PSP	of	£4.0m	(2014:	£3.4m).	After	deferred	tax,	the	total	charge	was	£2.8m	(2014:	£2.3m).

The	fair	value	of	awards	granted	during	the	year	is	estimated	using	a	Black-Scholes	option	pricing	model	with	the	following	assumptions:	
share	price	at	grant	date	of	863.5p,	nil	exercise	price,	a	dividend	yield	of	1.33%,	volatility	of	39.96%,	a	risk-free	rate	of	1.28%	and	an	expected	
life	of	three	years.

Expected	volatility	was	determined	by	calculating	the	historical	volatility	over	the	previous	three	years.	The	expected	life	used	in	the	model	
is	based	on	the	terms	of	the	plan.

Details	of	the	PSP	awards	outstanding	during	the	year	are	as	follows:

Outstanding	at	1	May	
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding	at	30	April	
Exercisable	at	30	April	

2015
Number
4,473,385
684,684

2014
Number
7,813,619
767,562
(2,352,219) (4,044,350)
(63,446)
4,473,385
–

(71,368)
2,734,482
–

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

93

Financial statements22 OPERATING LEASES
Minimum	annual	commitments	under	existing	operating	leases	may	be	analysed	by	date	of	expiry	of	the	lease	as	follows:

Land	and	buildings:

Expiring	in	one	year
Expiring	between	two	and	five	years
Expiring	in	more	than	five	years

2015
£m

4.2
26.2
14.6
45.0

2014
£m

4.8
18.5
12.7
36.0

Total	minimum	commitments	under	existing	operating	leases	at	30	April	2015	through	to	the	earliest	date	at	which	the	lease	may	be	exited	
without	penalty	by	year	are	as	follows:

Financial	year
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter

£m

45.0
39.1
33.8
27.5
19.6
61.4
226.4

£4m	of	the	total	minimum	operating	lease	commitments	of	£226m	relating	to	vacant	properties	has	been	provided	within	the	financial	
statements	and	included	within	provisions	in	the	balance	sheet.

23 PENSIONS
Defined contribution plans
The	Group	operates	pension	plans	for	the	benefit	of	qualifying	employees.	The	plans	for	new	employees	throughout	the	Group	are	all	defined	
contribution	plans.	Pension	costs	for	defined	contribution	plans	were	£8m	(2014:	£6m).

Defined benefit plan
The	Group	also	has	a	defined	benefit	plan	for	certain	UK	employees	which	was	closed	to	new	members	in	2001.	The	plan	is	a	funded	defined	
benefit	plan	with	trustee-administered	assets	held	separately	from	those	of	the	Group.	The	Trustees	are	composed	of	representatives	of	both	
the	Company	and	plan	members.	The	Trustees	are	required	by	law	to	act	in	the	interest	of	all	relevant	beneficiaries	and	are	responsible	for	the	
investment	policy	of	the	assets	and	the	day-to-day	administration	of	the	benefits.	

The	plan	is	a	final	salary	plan	which	provides	members	a	guaranteed	level	of	pension	payable	for	life.	The	level	of	benefits	provided	by	the	plan	
depends	on	members’	length	of	service	and	their	salary	in	the	final	years	leading	up	to	retirement.

The	plan’s	duration	is	an	indicator	of	the	weighted-average	time	until	benefit	payments	are	made.	For	the	plan	as	whole,	the	duration	is	around	
20	years.	The	estimated	amount	of	contributions	expected	to	be	paid	by	the	Group	to	the	plan	during	the	2015/16	financial	year	is	£1m.

The	plan	exposes	the	Group	to	a	number	of	risks,	the	most	significant	being	investment	risk,	interest	rate	risk,	inflation	risk	and	life	
expectancy	risk.

The	most	recent	actuarial	valuation	was	carried	out	as	at	30	April	2013	by	a	qualified	independent	actuary	and	showed	a	funding	surplus	of	
£5m.	The	actuary	was	engaged	by	the	Company	to	perform	a	valuation	in	accordance	with	IAS	19	(revised)	as	at	30	April	2015.	The	principal	
financial	assumptions	made	by	the	actuary	were	as	follows:

Discount	rate
Inflation	assumption	 –	RPI
–	CPI

Rate	of	increase	in	salaries	
Rate	of	increase	in	pensions	in	payment

2015
3.5%
3.3%
2.2%
4.3%
3.2%

2014
4.3%
3.5%
2.5%
4.5%
3.4%

94 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued	
	
Pensioner	life	expectancy	assumed	in	the	30	April	2015	update	is	based	on	the	‘S1P	CMI	2014’	projection	model	mortality	tables	adjusted	so	as	
to	apply	a	minimum	annual	rate	of	improvement	of	1.25%	a	year.	Samples	of	the	ages	to	which	pensioners	are	assumed	to	live	are	as	follows:

Life	expectancy	of	pensioners	currently	aged	65
Male
Female

Life	expectancy	at	age	65	for	future	pensioner	currently	aged	45
Male
Female

The	plan’s	assets	are	invested	in	the	following	asset	classes:

UK	equities
US	equities
European	equities
Asia	Pacific	(excluding	Japan)	equities
Corporate	bonds
Global	loan	fund
Property
Cash

The	amounts	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	are	determined	as	follows:

Fair	value	of	plan	assets
Present	value	of	funded	defined	benefit	obligation
Net	asset	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet

The	components	of	the	defined	benefit	cost	recognised	in	the	income	statement	are	as	follows:

Current	service	cost
Administration	expense
Net	interest	on	the	net	defined	benefit	plan
Net	charge	to	the	income	statement

In	the	year	ended	30	April	2015,	the	administration	costs	of	the	scheme	were	paid	directly	by	the	Group.	

The	remeasurements	of	the	defined	benefit	plan	recognised	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income	are	as	follows:

Actuarial	(loss)/gain	due	to	changes	in	financial	assumptions
Actuarial	gain/(loss)	due	to	changes	in	demographic	assumptions
Actuarial	gain	arising	from	experience	adjustments
Return	on	plan	assets	in	excess	of	that	recognised	in	net	interest
Remeasurement	of	the	defined	benefit	pension	plan

2015

2014

86.8
89.1

88.5
91.0

2015
£m
47.3
11.2
2.7
4.1
11.1
7.8
8.2
0.5
92.9

2015
£m
92.9
(89.8)
3.1

2015
£m
0.7
–
(0.2)
0.5

2015
£m
(9.9)
0.3
0.6
5.9
(3.1)

86.8
89.0

88.5
90.9

Fair	value

2014
£m
43.2
9.6
2.3
3.8
9.8
10.3
5.1
0.3
84.4

2014
£m
84.4
(78.3)
6.1

2014
£m
0.7
0.2
	–	
0.9

2014
£m
0.3
(0.3)
0.7
4.6
5.3

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

95

Financial statements23 PENSIONS CONTINUED
Movements	in	the	present	value	of	defined	benefit	obligations	were	as	follows:

At	1	May
Current	service	cost
Interest	cost
Contributions	from	members
Remeasurements
–	Actuarial	loss/(gain)	due	to	changes	in	financial	assumptions
–	Actuarial	(gain)/loss	due	to	changes	in	demographic	assumptions
–	Actuarial	gain	arising	from	experience	adjustments
Benefits	paid
At 30 April

2015
£m
78.3
0.7
3.3
0.2

9.9
(0.3)
(0.6)
(1.7)
89.8

2014
£m
77.1
0.7
3.2
0.2

(0.3)
0.3
(0.7)
(2.2)
78.3

The	key	assumptions	used	in	valuing	the	defined	benefit	obligation	are:	discount	rate,	inflation	and	mortality.	The	sensitivity	of	the	results		
to	these	assumptions	is	as	follows:

•	 An	increase	in	the	discount	rate	of	0.5%	would	result	in	an	£8m	(2014:	£7m)	decrease	in	the	defined	benefit	obligation.
•	 An	increase	in	the	inflation	rate	of	0.5%	would	result	in	a	£7m	(2014:	£5m)	increase	in	the	defined	benefit	obligation.	This	includes	the	

resulting	change	to	other	assumptions	that	are	related	to	inflation	such	as	pensions	and	salary	growth.

•	 A	one-year	increase	in	the	pensioner	life	expectancy	at	age	65	would	result	in	a	£3m	(2014:	£3m)	increase	in	the	defined	benefit	obligation.

The	above	sensitivity	analyses	have	been	determined	based	on	reasonably	possible	changes	to	the	significant	assumptions,	while	holding		
all	other	assumptions	constant.	In	practice,	this	is	unlikely	to	occur,	and	changes	in	some	assumptions	may	be	correlated.	The	sensitivity	
information	shown	above	has	been	prepared	using	the	same	method	as	adopted	when	adjusting	the	results	of	the	latest	funding	valuation		
to	the	balance	sheet	date.	This	is	the	same	approach	as	has	been	adopted	in	previous	periods.

Movements	in	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets	were	as	follows:

At	1	May	
Interest	income
Remeasurement	–	return	on	plan	assets	in	excess	of	that	recognised	in	net	interest
Employer	contributions
Contributions	from	members
Expenses	paid
Benefits	paid
At 30 April

The	actual	return	on	plan	assets	was	£9.4m	(2014:	£7.8m).

2015
£m
84.4
3.5
5.9
0.6
0.2
–
(1.7)
92.9

2014
£m
77.5
3.2
4.6
1.3
0.2
(0.2)
(2.2)
84.4

96 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued24 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The	Group’s	trading	and	financing	activities	expose	it	to	various	financial	risks	that,	if	left	unmanaged,	could	adversely	impact	on	current	or	
future	earnings.	Although	not	necessarily	mutually	exclusive,	these	financial	risks	are	categorised	separately	according	to	their	different	
generic	risk	characteristics	and	include	market	risk	(foreign	currency	risk	and	interest	rate	risk),	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk.	

It	is	the	role	of	the	Group	treasury	function	to	manage	and	monitor	the	Group’s	financial	risks	and	internal	and	external	funding	requirements	
in	support	of	the	Group’s	corporate	objectives.	Treasury	activities	are	governed	by	policies	and	procedures	approved	by	the	Board	and	
monitored	by	the	Finance	and	Administration	Committee.	In	particular,	the	Board	of	directors	or,	through	delegated	authority,	the	Finance	and	
Administration	Committee,	approves	any	derivative	transactions.	Derivative	transactions	are	only	undertaken	for	the	purposes	of	managing	
interest	rate	risk	and	currency	risk.	The	Group	does	not	trade	in	financial	instruments.	The	Group	maintains	treasury	control	systems		
and	procedures	to	monitor	liquidity,	currency,	credit	and	financial	risks.	The	Group	reports	its	financial	results	and	pays	dividends	in		
pounds	sterling.

Market risk
The	Group’s	activities	expose	it	primarily	to	interest	rate	and	currency	risk.	Interest	rate	risk	is	monitored	on	a	continuous	basis	and	managed,	
where	appropriate,	through	the	use	of	interest	rate	swaps,	whereas	the	use	of	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	to	manage	currency	risk		
is	considered	on	an	individual	non-trading	transaction	basis.	The	Group	is	not	exposed	to	commodity	price	risk	or	equity	price	risk	as	defined	
in	IFRS	7.

Interest rate risk
Management of fixed and variable rate debt
The	Group	has	fixed	and	variable	rate	debt	in	issue	with	54%	of	the	drawn	debt	at	a	fixed	rate	as	at	30	April	2015.	The	Group’s	accounting	policy	
requires	all	borrowings	to	be	held	at	amortised	cost.	As	a	result,	the	carrying	value	of	fixed	rate	debt	is	unaffected	by	changes	in	credit	
conditions	in	the	debt	markets	and	there	is	therefore	no	exposure	to	fair	value	interest	rate	risk.	The	Group’s	debt	that	bears	interest	at	a	
variable	rate	comprises	all	outstanding	borrowings	under	the	senior	secured	credit	facility.	The	interest	rates	currently	applicable	to	this	
variable	rate	debt	are	LIBOR	as	applicable	to	the	currency	borrowed	(US	dollars	or	pounds	sterling)	plus	175bp.	The	Group	periodically	utilises	
interest	rate	swap	agreements	to	manage	and	mitigate	its	exposure	to	changes	in	interest	rates.	However,	during	the	year	ended	and	as	at	
30	April	2015,	the	Group	had	no	such	swap	agreements	outstanding.	The	Group	also	may	at	times	hold	cash	and	cash	equivalents	which	earn	
interest	at	a	variable	rate.

Net variable rate debt sensitivity
At	30	April	2015,	based	upon	the	amount	of	variable	rate	debt	outstanding,	the	Group’s	pre-tax	profits	would	change	by	approximately	£8m	
for	each	one	percentage	point	change	in	interest	rates	applicable	to	the	variable	rate	debt	and,	after	tax	effects,	equity	would	change	by	
approximately	£5m.	The	amount	of	the	Group’s	variable	rate	debt	may	fluctuate	as	a	result	of	changes	in	the	amount	of	debt	outstanding		
under	the	senior	secured	credit	facility.

Currency exchange risk
Currency	exchange	risk	is	limited	to	translation	risk	as	there	are	no	transactions	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business	that	take	place	between	
foreign	entities.	The	Group’s	reporting	currency	is	the	pound	sterling.	However,	the	majority	of	our	assets,	liabilities,	revenue	and	costs	are	
denominated	in	US	dollars.	The	Group	has	arranged	its	financing	such	that,	at	30	April	2015,	96%	of	its	debt	was	denominated	in	US	dollars		
so	that	there	is	a	natural	partial	offset	between	its	dollar-denominated	net	assets	and	earnings	and	its	dollar-denominated	debt	and	interest	
expense.	At	30	April	2015,	dollar-denominated	debt	represented	approximately	68%	of	the	value	of	dollar-denominated	net	assets	(other		
than	debt).

The	Group’s	exposure	to	exchange	rate	movements	on	trading	transactions	is	relatively	limited.	All	Group	companies	invoice	revenue	in	their	
respective	local	currency	and	generally	incur	expense	and	purchase	assets	in	their	local	currency.	Consequently,	the	Group	does	not	routinely	
hedge	either	forecast	foreign	currency	exposures	or	the	impact	of	exchange	rate	movements	on	the	translation	of	overseas	profits	into	
sterling.	Where	the	Group	does	hedge,	it	maintains	appropriate	hedging	documentation.	Foreign	exchange	risk	on	significant	non-trading	
transactions	(e.g.	acquisitions)	is	considered	on	an	individual	basis.

Resultant impacts of reasonably possible changes to foreign exchange rates
Based	upon	the	level	of	US	operations	and	the	US	dollar-denominated	debt	balance,	at	30	April	2015	a	1%	change	in	the	US	dollar-pound	
exchange	rate	would	have	impacted	our	pre-tax	profits	by	approximately	£5m	and	equity	by	approximately	£10m.	At	30	April	2015,	the	Group	
had	no	outstanding	foreign	exchange	contracts.

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

97

Financial statements24 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Credit risk
The	Group’s	principal	financial	assets	are	cash	and	bank	balances	and	trade	and	other	receivables.	The	Group’s	credit	risk	is	primarily	
attributable	to	its	trade	receivables.	The	amounts	presented	in	the	balance	sheet	are	net	of	allowances	for	doubtful	receivables.	The	credit		
risk	on	liquid	funds	and	derivative	financial	instruments	is	limited	because	the	counterparties	are	banks	with	high	credit	ratings	assigned		
by	international	credit	rating	agencies.	The	Group’s	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	is	presented	in	the	following	table:

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Trade	and	other	receivables

2015
£m
10.5
377.5
388.0

2014
£m
2.8
259.8
262.6

The	Group	has	a	large	number	of	unrelated	customers,	serving	over	500,000	during	the	financial	year,	and	does	not	have	any	significant		
credit	exposure	to	any	particular	customer.	Each	business	segment	manages	its	own	exposure	to	credit	risk	according	to	the	economic	
circumstances	and	characteristics	of	the	markets	they	serve.	The	Group	believes	that	management	of	credit	risk	on	a	devolved	basis	enables		
it	to	assess	and	manage	it	more	effectively.	However,	broad	principles	of	credit	risk	management	practice	are	observed	across	the	Group,		
such	as	the	use	of	credit	reference	agencies	and	the	maintenance	of	credit	control	functions.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	Group	could	experience	difficulties	in	meeting	its	commitments	to	creditors	as	financial	liabilities	fall	due		
for	payment.

The	Group	generates	significant	free	cash	flow	(defined	as	cash	flow	from	operations	less	replacement	capital	expenditure	net	of	proceeds		
of	asset	disposals,	interest	paid	and	tax	paid).	This	free	cash	flow	is	available	to	the	Group	to	invest	in	growth	capital	expenditure,	acquisitions	
and	dividend	payments	or	to	reduce	debt.

In	addition	to	the	strong	free	cash	flow	from	normal	trading	activities,	additional	liquidity	is	available	through	the	Group’s	ABL	facility.		
At	30	April	2015,	excess	availability	under	the	$2.0bn	facility	was	$756m	(£492m).

Contractual maturity analysis
Trade	receivables,	the	principal	class	of	non-derivative	financial	asset	held	by	the	Group,	are	settled	gross	by	customers.

The	following	table	presents	the	Group’s	outstanding	contractual	maturity	profile	for	its	non-derivative	financial	liabilities,	excluding	trade		
and	other	payables	which	fall	due	within	one	year.	The	analysis	presented	is	based	on	the	undiscounted	contractual	maturities	of	the	Group’s	
financial	liabilities,	including	any	interest	that	will	accrue,	except	where	the	Group	is	entitled	and	intends	to	repay	a	financial	liability,	or	part	of	
a	financial	liability,	before	its	contractual	maturity.	The	undiscounted	cash	flows	have	been	calculated	using	foreign	currency	exchange	rates	
and	interest	rates	ruling	at	the	balance	sheet	date.

At 30 April 2015

Bank	and	other	debt
Finance	leases
6.5%	senior	secured	notes
5.625%	senior	secured	notes

Interest	payments

2016
£m
–
2.0
–
–
2.0
72.2
74.2

2017
£m
–
1.8
–
–
1.8
72.1
73.9

2018
£m
–
1.1
–
–
1.1
72.0
73.1

2019
£m
788.4
0.4
–
–
788.8
71.9
860.7

Undiscounted	cash	flows	–	year	to	30	April

2020
£m
–
–
–
–
–
56.4
56.4

Thereafter
£m
–
–
599.3
325.4
924.7
166.4
1,091.1

Total
£m
788.4
5.3
599.3
325.4
1,718.4
511.0
2,229.4

Letters	of	credit	of	£21m	(2014:	£21m)	are	provided	and	guaranteed	under	the	ABL	facility	which	expires	in	August	2018.

At 30 April 2014

Bank	and	other	debt
Finance	leases
6.5%	senior	secured	notes

Interest	payments

2015
£m
–
2.2
–
2.2
47.0
49.2

2016
£m
–
1.0
–
1.0
46.9
47.9

2017
£m
–
1.0
–
1.0
46.9
47.9

Undiscounted	cash	flows	–	year	to	30	April

2019
£m
616.3
–
–
616.3
46.8
663.1

Thereafter
£m
–
–
546.7
546.7
111.2
657.9

Total
£m
616.3
4.6
546.7
1,167.6
345.7
1,513.3

2018
£m
–
0.4
–
0.4
46.9
47.3

98 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFair value of financial instruments
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
At	30	April	2015,	the	Group	had	no	derivative	financial	instruments.	The	embedded	prepayment	options	included	within	the	$900m	and	$500m	
senior	secured	loan	notes	are	closely	related	to	the	host	debt	contract	and	hence,	are	not	accounted	for	separately.	The	loan	notes	are	carried	
at	amortised	cost.

Fair value of non-derivative financial assets and liabilities
The	table	below	provides	a	comparison,	by	category	of	the	carrying	amounts	and	the	fair	values	of	the	Group’s	non-derivative	financial	assets	
and	liabilities	at	30	April	2015.	Fair	value	is	the	amount	at	which	a	financial	instrument	could	be	exchanged	in	an	arm’s	length	transaction	
between	informed	and	willing	parties	and	includes	accrued	interest.	Where	available,	market	values	have	been	used	to	determine	fair	values	
of	financial	assets	and	liabilities.	Where	market	values	are	not	available,	fair	values	of	financial	assets	and	liabilities	have	been	calculated	by	
discounting	expected	future	cash	flows	at	prevailing	interest	and	exchange	rates.

Fair	value	of	non-current	borrowings:
Long-term	borrowings
Fair value determined based on market value 
–	first	priority	senior	secured	bank	debt
–	6.5%	senior	secured	notes
–	5.625%	senior	secured	notes

Fair value determined based on observable market inputs 
–	finance	lease	obligations
Total	long-term	borrowings
Deferred	costs	of	raising	finance

Fair	value	of	other	financial	instruments	held	or	issued	to	finance	the	Group’s	operations:

Fair value determined based on market value
Finance	lease	obligations	due	within	one	year
Trade	and	other	payables
Trade	and	other	receivables
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

At 30 April 2015

At	30	April	2014

Book value
£m

Fair value
£m

Book	value
£m

Fair	value
£m

788.4
599.3
325.4
1,713.1

3.3
1,716.4
(20.8)
1,695.6

788.4
645.7
341.6
1,775.7

3.7
1,779.4
–
1,779.4

616.3
546.7
–
1,163.0

2.4
1,165.4
(16.2)
1,149.2

616.3
593.2
–
1,209.5

2.5
1,212.0
–
1,212.0

2.0
491.7
377.5
10.5

2.2
491.7
377.5
10.5

2.2
345.8
259.8
2.8

2.4
345.8
259.8
2.8

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

99

Financial statements25 NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
a) Cash flow from operating activities

Operating	profit	before	exceptional	items	and	amortisation
Depreciation	
EBITDA	before	exceptional	items
Profit	on	disposal	of	rental	equipment
Profit	on	disposal	of	other	property,	plant	and	equipment
Increase	in	inventories
Increase	in	trade	and	other	receivables
Increase	in	trade	and	other	payables
Exchange	differences
Other	non-cash	movements
Cash	generated	from	operations	before	exceptional	items	and	changes	in	rental	equipment

2015
£m
556.9
351.5
908.4
(26.8)
(1.2)
(2.0)
(58.5)
17.7
(0.2)
4.0
841.4

2014
£m
409.2
275.9
685.1
(17.9)
(2.8)
(2.7)
(46.3)
26.7
–
3.4
645.5

b) Analysis of net debt
Net	debt	consists	of	total	borrowings	less	cash	and	cash	equivalents.	Borrowings	exclude	accrued	interest.	Foreign	currency	denominated	
balances	are	retranslated	to	pounds	sterling	at	rates	of	exchange	ruling	at	the	balance	sheet	date.

Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Debt	due	within	one	year
Debt	due	after	one	year
Total	net	debt

1	May
2014
£m
(2.8)
2.2
1,149.2
1,148.6

Exchange
movement
£m
(0.1)
–
121.9
121.8

Cash
flow
£m
(7.6)
(2.3)
421.5
411.6

Non-cash
movements
£m
–
2.1
3.0
5.1

30 April
2015
£m
(10.5)
2.0
1,695.6
1,687.1

Non-cash	movements	relate	to	the	amortisation	of	prepaid	fees	relating	to	the	refinancing	of	debt	facilities	and	the	addition	of	new	finance	
leases	in	the	year.

c) Acquisitions

Cash	consideration	paid
–	acquisitions	in	the	period	(net	of	cash	acquired)
–	contingent	consideration

2015
£m

236.0
5.5
241.5

2014
£m

103.3
–
103.3

During	the	year,	21	acquisitions	were	made	for	a	total	cash	consideration	of	£236m	(2014:	£103m),	after	taking	account	of	net	cash	acquired		
of	£0.8m.	Further	details	are	provided	in	Note	26.

Payments	for	contingent	consideration	on	prior	year	acquisitions	were	also	made	of	£5m	(2014:	£nil).

100 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued26 ACQUISITIONS
During	the	year,	the	following	acquisitions	were	completed:

i)	

ii)	

iii)	

iv)	

v)	

vi)	

	On	1	May	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	entire	issued	share	capital	of	Metrolift,	Inc.	(‘Metrolift’)	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£25m	($42m).	
Metrolift	is	a	Chicago-based	aerial	work	platform	rental	business.

	On	19	May	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Northeast	Equipment	and	Supply	LLC,	trading	as	Superior	Heating	Solutions	
(‘Superior’),	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£2m	($4m).	Superior	is	a	Pennsylvania-based	heating	rental	business.

	On	29	May	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Nashville	High	Lift,	LLC	(‘NHL’)	and	Contractors	Equipment,	LLC	(‘CE’)		
for	an	aggregate	cash	consideration	of	£5m	($8m).	Contingent	consideration	of	up	to	£0.3m	($0.5m)	is	payable	over	the	next	two	years,	
depending	on	revenue	meeting	or	exceeding	certain	thresholds.	The	business	consisted	of	aerial	work	platform	and	general	equipment	
locations	in	Tennessee.

	On	1	August	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Hebbronville	Lone	Star	Rentals,	LLC	(‘Lone	Star’)	for	an	initial	cash	
consideration	of	£21m	($36m)	with	contingent	consideration	of	up	to	£10m	($16m),	payable	over	the	next	three	years,	depending	on	
revenue	meeting	or	exceeding	certain	thresholds.	Lone	Star	is	a	Texas-based	energy-related	rental	and	service	company.

	On	1	September	2014,	A-Plant	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	East	Coast	Construction	Services	(Hire)	Limited	(‘ECCS’)	for	a	cash	
consideration	of	£0.7m.	ECCS	is	a	fusion	and	associated	equipment	rental	and	service	company.

	On	5	September	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	ECM	Energy	Services,	Inc.	(‘ECM’)	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£19m	
($31m).	ECM	is	an	energy-related	equipment	rental	business.

vii)	

	On	26	September	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Ventura	Rental,	Inc.	and	Renegade	Rental	Center,	Inc.	(together	
‘Ventura’)	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£13m	($21m).	Ventura	is	a	California-based	general	equipment	business.

viii)	

	On	2	October	2014,	A-Plant	acquired	the	business	and	assets	in	Scotland	of	Hy-Ram	Engineering	Company	Limited	(‘Hy-Ram’)	for	a	cash	
consideration	of	£0.1m.

ix)	

x)	

xi)	

xii)	

xiii)	

xiv)	

xv)	

	On	16	October	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Atlas	Sales	and	Rentals,	Inc.	(‘Atlas’)	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£21m	
($33m).	Atlas	specialises	in	permanent	and	temporary	cooling	and	heating	solutions	and	operates	across	the	US.

	On	16	October	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Gustafson	Enterprises,	Inc.,	trading	as	General	Rental	Center,	for	a	cash	
consideration	of	£0.1m	($0.2m).	General	Rental	Center	is	a	general	equipment	business	in	Florida.

	On	3	November	2014,	we	acquired	the	entire	issued	share	capital	of	GWG	Rentals,	Ltd	(‘GWG’)	for	an	initial	cash	consideration	of	£16m	
(C$29m)	with	contingent	consideration	of	up	to	£4m	(C$7m)	payable	over	the	next	three	years	depending	on	profitability	meeting	or	
exceeding	certain	thresholds.	GWG	is	a	six-location	equipment	rental	business	based	in	Canada.	GWG	now	constitutes	Sunbelt	Rentals	
of	Canada	Inc..

	On	10	November	2014,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Select	Equipment,	Inc.	and	High	Lakes	Leasing,	LLC	(together	
‘Select’)	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£9m	($14m).	Select	is	based	in	Utah	providing	rental	equipment	to	the	oil	and	gas	industry.

	On	2	December	2014,	A-Plant	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Balfour	Beatty	Engineering	Services	Limited	for	a	cash	consideration	
of	£0.5m.

	On	15	December	2014,	A-Plant	acquired	the	entire	issued	share	capital	of	Event	Infrastructure	and	Branding	Limited	(‘EIB’)	for	a	cash	
consideration	of	£2m.	EIB	provides	fencing	and	barrier	solutions	to	the	sporting	and	events	sector.

	On	2	January	2015,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	DAB,	Inc.	and	NCS	Transportation,	Inc.	(together	‘NCS’)	for	a	cash	
consideration	of	£28m	($43m).	NCS	is	a	general	equipment	business	located	in	Nebraska.

xvi)	

	On	2	February	2015,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Theros	Equipment,	Inc.	(‘Theros’)	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£30m	
($45m).	Theros	is	a	general	equipment	business	based	in	Virginia.

xvii)	 	On	6	February	2015,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Texas	Gulf	Rentals	and	Texas	Gulf	Refrigeration	LP	(together	‘TGR’)	
for	an	initial	cash	consideration	of	£31m	($48m)	with	contingent	consideration	of	up	to	£7m	($10m),	payable	over	the	next	three	years,	
depending	on	revenue	meeting	or	exceeding	certain	thresholds.	The	business	is	a	power	and	industrial	climate	control	equipment	rental	
business	based	in	Texas.

xviii)	 	On	9	March	2015,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Rentalex	of	Michigan,	Inc.	(‘Rentalex’)	for	an	initial	cash	consideration	of	
£3m	($4m),	with	contingent	consideration	of	£0.3m	($0.5m),	payable	over	the	next	year,	depending	on	profitability	meeting	or	exceeding	
certain	thresholds.	Rentalex	is	a	general	equipment	business	in	Michigan.

xix)	

	On	10	March	2015,	A-Plant	acquired	the	entire	issued	share	capital	of	Temporary	Road	and	Access	Company	Limited	(‘TRAC’)	for	a	cash	
consideration	of	£3m.	TRAC	supplies	temporary	roadways	and	portable	paths.

xx)	

	On	16	March	2015,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Wilson	Rental	Center,	Inc.	(‘Wilson’)	for	a	cash	consideration	of	£3m	($5m).	
Wilson	is	a	general	equipment	business	in	Corning,	New	York.	

xxi)	

	On	27	April	2015,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	Signature	Systems	Group,	LLC	(‘Signature’)	for	a	cash	consideration		
of	£2m	($3m).	Signature	is	a	modular	flooring	rental	business.

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

101

Financial statements26 ACQUISITIONS CONTINUED
The	following	table	sets	out	the	book	values	of	the	identifiable	assets	and	liabilities	acquired	and	their	fair	value	to	the	Group.	The	fair	values	
have	been	determined	provisionally	at	the	balance	sheet	date.

Net assets acquired
Trade	and	other	receivables
Inventory
Property,	plant	and	equipment
–	rental	equipment
–	other	assets
Creditors
Current	tax
Deferred	tax
Intangible	assets	(non-compete	agreements	and	customer	relationships)

Consideration:
–	cash	paid	and	due	to	be	paid	(net	of	cash	acquired)
–	contingent	consideration	payable	in	cash

Goodwill

Acquirees’
book	value
£m

Fair	value
to	Group
£m

21.1
1.6

90.5
11.4
(2.1)
(0.7)
(0.5)
–
121.3

21.1
1.6

97.4
11.5
(2.1)
(0.7)
(10.0)
59.1
177.9

236.2
18.4
254.6

76.7

The	goodwill	arising	can	be	attributed	to	the	key	management	personnel	and	workforce	of	the	acquired	businesses	and	to	the	synergies	and	
other	benefits	the	Group	expects	to	derive	from	the	acquisitions.	The	synergies	and	other	benefits	include	the	elimination	of	duplicate	costs,	
improving	utilisation	of	the	acquired	rental	fleet,	using	the	Group’s	financial	strength	to	invest	in	the	acquired	businesses	and	drive	improved	
returns	through	a	semi-fixed	cost	base	and	the	application	of	the	Group’s	proprietary	software	to	optimise	revenue	opportunities.	£59m	of	the	
goodwill	is	expected	to	be	deductible	for	income	tax	purposes.

The	gross	value	and	fair	value	of	trade	receivables	at	acquisition	was	£21m.

Due	to	the	operational	integration	of	the	acquired	businesses	with	Sunbelt	and	A-Plant	since	acquisition,	in	particular	the	merger	of	some	
stores,	the	movement	of	rental	equipment	between	stores	and	investment	in	the	rental	fleet,	it	is	not	practical	to	report	the	revenue	and	profit	
of	the	acquired	businesses	post	acquisition.	On	an	annual	basis	they	generate	approximately	£120m	of	revenue.

The	revenue	and	operating	profit	of	these	acquisitions	from	1	May	2014	to	their	date	of	acquisition	was	not	material.

102 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued27 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The	Group	is	subject	to	periodic	legal	claims	in	the	ordinary	course	of	its	business,	none	of	which	is	expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	the	
Group’s	financial	position.

The Company
The	Company	has	guaranteed	the	borrowings	of	its	subsidiary	undertakings	under	the	Group’s	senior	secured	credit	and	overdraft	facilities.		
At	30	April	2015	the	amount	borrowed	under	these	facilities	was	£788m	(2014:	£616m).	Subsidiary	undertakings	are	also	able	to	obtain	letters	
of	credit	under	these	facilities	and,	at	30	April	2015,	letters	of	credit	issued	under	these	arrangements	totalled	£21m	($33m)	(2014:	£21m	or	
$35m).	In	addition,	the	Company	has	guaranteed	the	6.5%	and	5.625%	second	priority	senior	secured	notes	with	a	par	value	of	$900m	(£586m)	
and	$500m	(£325m)	respectively,	issued	by	Ashtead	Capital,	Inc..

The	Company	has	guaranteed	operating	and	finance	lease	commitments	of	subsidiary	undertakings	where	the	minimum	lease	commitment	at	
30	April	2015	totalled	£40m	(2014:	£42m)	in	respect	of	land	and	buildings	of	which	£7m	is	payable	by	subsidiary	undertakings	in	the	year	ending	
30	April	2015.

The	Company	has	provided	a	guarantee	to	the	Ashtead	Group	plc	Retirement	Benefits	Plan	(‘the	plan’)	that	ensures	the	plan	is	at	least	105%	
funded	as	calculated	in	accordance	with	section	179	of	Pensions	Act	2004.	Based	on	the	last	actuarial	valuation	at	30	April	2013,	this	guarantee	
was	the	equivalent	of	£23m.

The	Company	has	guaranteed	the	performance	by	subsidiaries	of	certain	other	obligations	up	to	£3m	(2014:	£1m).

28 CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
At	30	April	2015	capital	commitments	in	respect	of	purchases	of	rental	and	other	equipment	totalled	£321m	(2014:	£391m),	all	of	which	had	
been	ordered.	There	were	no	other	material	capital	commitments	at	the	year	end.

29 EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE
Since	the	balance	sheet	date	the	Group	has	completed	one	acquisition	as	follows:

i)	

	On	29	May	2015,	Sunbelt	acquired	the	business	and	assets	of	C.	Rowland	Enterprises,	Inc.,	trading	as	Air	Systems	Sales	&	Rentals,	Inc.		
(‘Air	Systems’),	for	an	initial	cash	consideration	of	£1m	($2m),	with	contingent	consideration	of	up	to	£0.5m	($0.8m),	payable	over	the	next		
year,	depending	on	revenue	meeting	or	exceeding	certain	thresholds.	Air	Systems	is	a	climate	control	business	in	Oregon.

The	initial	accounting	for	this	acquisition	is	incomplete.	Had	the	acquisition	taken	place	on	1	May	2014	its	contribution	to	revenue	and	operating	
profit	would	not	have	been	material.

30 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The	Group’s	key	management	comprise	the	Company’s	executive	and	non-executive	directors.	Details	of	their	remuneration	are	given	in		
Note	4	and	details	of	their	share	interests	and	share	awards	are	given	in	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	and	form	part	of	these	financial	
statements.	In	relation	to	the	Group’s	defined	benefit	pension	plan,	details	are	included	in	Note	23.

31 EMPLOYEES
The	average	number	of	employees,	including	directors,	during	the	year	was	as	follows:

North	America
United	Kingdom

2015
Number
8,422
2,604
11,026

2014
Number
7,375
2,370
9,745

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

103

Financial statements32 PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
a) Balance sheet of the Company (Company number: 01807982)

Current assets
Prepayments	and	accrued	income
Amounts	due	from	subsidiary	undertakings

Non-current assets
Investments	in	Group	companies
Deferred	tax	asset

Total assets

Current liabilities 
Amounts	due	to	subsidiary	undertakings
Accruals	and	deferred	income
Total liabilities

Equity 
Share	capital
Share	premium	account
Capital	redemption	reserve
Non-distributable	reserve
Own	shares	held	by	the	Company
Own	shares	held	through	the	ESOT
Retained	reserves
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

Note

(f)

(h)

(g)

(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)

2015
£m

0.3
157.6
157.9

363.7
1.4
365.1

2014
£m

0.3
–
0.3

363.7
1.7
365.4

523.0

365.7

168.4
4.3
172.7

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(15.5)
248.4
350.3

93.2
6.0
99.2

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(11.8)
160.9
266.5

Total liabilities and equity

523.0

365.7

These	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	on	15	June	2015.

GEOFF DRABBLE 
Chief executive 

SUZANNE WOOD
Finance director

104 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedb) Statement of changes in equity of the Company

Share
capital
£m
55.3
–
–

–
–
–
–
55.3
–
–

–
–
–
–
55.3

At	1	May	2013
Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	year
Dividends	paid
Dividend	received	from
Ashtead	Holdings	PLC
Own	shares	purchased	by	the	ESOT
Share-based	payments
Tax	on	share-based	payments
At	30	April	2014
Total	comprehensive	income	for	the	year
Dividends	paid
Dividends	received	from
Ashtead	Holdings	PLC
Own	shares	purchased	by	the	ESOT
Share-based	payments
Tax	on	share-based	payments
At 30 April 2015

c) Cash flow statement of the Company

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash	generated	from	operations
Financing	costs	paid	–	commitment	fee
Dividends	received	from	Ashtead	Holdings	PLC
Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Purchase	of	own	shares	by	the	ESOT
Dividends	paid
Net cash used in financing activities

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Share
premium
account
£m
3.6
–
–

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
0.9
–
–

Non-
distributable
reserve
£m
90.7
–
–

Own
shares
held	by	the
Company
£m
(33.1)
–
–

Own
shares
held	
through
the	ESOT
£m
(7.4)
–
–

–
–
–
–
3.6
–
–

–
–
–
–
3.6

–
–
–
–
0.9
–
–

–
–
–
–
0.9

–
–
–
–
90.7
–
–

–
–
–
–
90.7

–
–
–
–
(33.1)
–
–

–
–
–
–
(33.1)

–
(22.4)
18.0
–
(11.8)
–
–

–
(20.3)
16.6
–
(15.5)

Note

(j)

Retained
reserves
£m
114.8
–
(41.3)

100.0
–
(14.6)
2.0
160.9
–
(61.4)

160.2
–
(12.6)
1.3
248.4

2015
£m

(76.7)
(1.8)
160.2
81.7

(20.3)
(61.4)
(81.7)

Total
£m
224.8
–
(41.3)

100.0
(22.4)
3.4
2.0
266.5
–
(61.4)

160.2
(20.3)
4.0
1.3
350.3

2014
£m

(34.9)
(1.4)
100.0
63.7

(22.4)
(41.3)
(63.7)

–

–

d) Accounting policies
The	Company	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	the	basis	of	the	accounting	policies	set	out	in	Note	2	above,	supplemented	by	the	
policy	on	investments	set	out	below.

Investments	in	subsidiary	undertakings	are	stated	at	cost	less	any	necessary	provision	for	impairment	in	the	parent	company	balance	sheet.	
Where	an	investment	in	a	subsidiary	is	transferred	to	another	subsidiary,	any	uplift	in	the	value	at	which	it	is	transferred	over	its	carrying	value	
is	treated	as	a	revaluation	of	the	investment	prior	to	the	transfer	and	is	credited	to	the	revaluation	reserve.

e) Income statement
Ashtead	Group	plc	has	not	presented	its	own	profit	and	loss	account	as	permitted	by	section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	The	amount	of	the	
profit	for	the	financial	year	dealt	with	in	the	accounts	of	Ashtead	Group	plc	is	£nil	(2014:	£nil).	There	were	no	other	amounts	of	comprehensive	
income	in	the	financial	year.

f) Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings

Due	within	one	year:
Ashtead	Plant	Hire	Company	Limited

2015
£m

157.6

2014
£m

–

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

105

Financial statements32 PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION CONTINUED
g) Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Due	within	one	year:
Ashtead	Holdings	PLC
Ashtead	Plant	Hire	Company	Limited

h) Investments

At	30	April

The	Company’s	principal	subsidiaries	affecting	financial	performance	during	the	year	are:

Name
Ashtead	Holdings	PLC
Sunbelt	Rentals,	Inc.
Sunbelt	Rentals	Industrial	Services	LLC
Empire	Scaffold	LLC
Sunbelt	Rentals	of	Canada	Inc.
Ashtead	Plant	Hire	Company	Limited
Ashtead	Capital,	Inc.
Ashtead	Financing	Limited

2015
£m

168.4
–
168.4

2014
£m

48.4
44.8
93.2

Shares	in	Group	companies

2015
£m
363.7

2014
£m
363.7

Country	of	incorporation
England	and	Wales
USA
USA
USA
Canada
England	and	Wales
USA
England	and	Wales

Principal	country	in	which
subsidiary	undertaking	operates
United	Kingdom
USA
USA
USA
Canada
United	Kingdom
USA
United	Kingdom

The	issued	share	capital	(all	of	which	comprises	ordinary	shares)	of	subsidiaries	is	100%	owned	by	the	Company	or	by	subsidiary	undertakings	
and	all	subsidiaries	are	consolidated.	The	principal	activity	of	Ashtead	Holdings	PLC	is	an	investment	holding	company.	The	principal	activities	
of	Sunbelt	Rentals,	Inc.,	Sunbelt	Rentals	Industrial	Services	LLC,	Empire	Scaffold	LLC,	Sunbelt	Rentals	of	Canada	Inc.	and	Ashtead	Plant	Hire	
Company	Limited	are	equipment	rental	and	related	services	while	Ashtead	Capital,	Inc.	and	Ashtead	Financing	Limited	are	finance	companies.	
Ashtead	Group	plc	owns	all	the	issued	share	capital	of	Ashtead	Holdings	PLC	which	in	turn	directly	owns	Ashtead	Plant	Hire	Company	Limited,	
Sunbelt	Rentals	of	Canada	Inc.	and	Ashtead	Financing	Limited	and	indirectly	owns	Sunbelt	Rentals,	Inc.,	Sunbelt	Rentals	Industrial	Services	
LLC,	Empire	Scaffold	LLC	and	Ashtead	Capital,	Inc.	through	another	subsidiary	undertaking.	

i) Financial instruments
The	book	value	and	fair	value	of	the	Company’s	financial	instruments	are	not	materially	different.

j) Notes to the Company cash flow statement
Cash flow from operating activities

Operating	profit
Depreciation
EBITDA
Increase	in	prepayments	and	accrued	income
(Decrease)/increase	in	accruals	and	deferred	income
Increase	in	intercompany	payable	and	receivable
Other	non-cash	movement
Net	cash	outflow	from	operations	before	exceptional	items

2015
£m
1.7
–
1.7
–
(1.6)
(80.8)
4.0
(76.7)

2014
£m
1.4
0.1
1.5
(0.1)
0.6
(40.3)
3.4
(34.9)

106 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedTen year history

In £m
Income statement
Revenue*
Operating	costs*
EBITDA*
Depreciation*
Operating	profit*
Interest*
Pre-tax	profit*

Operating	profit
Pre-tax	profit/(loss)

Cash flow
Cash	flow	from	operations	before	
exceptional	items	and	changes	
in	rental	fleet

Total	cash	(used)/generated	before	

exceptional	costs	and	M&A

Balance sheet
Capital	expenditure
Book	cost	of	rental	equipment
Shareholders’	funds
In pence
Dividend	per	share	
Earnings	per	share
Underlying	earnings	per	share
In percent
EBITDA	margin*
Operating	profit	margin*
Pre-tax	profit	margin*
Return	on	investment*
People
Employees	at	year	end
Locations
Stores	at	year	end

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

2,038.9
(1,130.5)
908.4
(351.5)
556.9
(67.3)
489.6

1,634.7
(949.6)
685.1
(275.9)
409.2
(47.1)
362.1

1,361.9
(842.9)
519.0
(229.0)
290.0
(44.6)
245.4

1,134.6
(753.5)
381.1
(199.8)
181.3
(50.7)
130.6

948.5
(664.7)
283.8
(185.0)
98.8
(67.8)
31.0

836.8
(581.7)
255.1
(186.6)
68.5
(63.5)
5.0

1,073.5
(717.4)
356.1
(201.1)
155.0
(67.6)
87.4

1,047.8
(684.1)
363.7
(176.6)
187.1
(74.8)
112.3

896.1
(585.8)
310.3
(159.8)
150.5
(69.1)
81.4

638.0
(413.3)
224.7
(113.6)
111.1
(43.6)
67.5

541.1
473.8

403.6
356.5

284.2
214.2

178.2
134.8

97.1
1.7

66.0
4.8

68.4
0.8

184.5
109.7

101.1
(36.5)

124.5
81.7

841.4

645.5

501.3

364.6

279.7

265.6

373.6

356.4

319.3

215.2

(87.9)

(48.5)

(34.0)

(9.4)

65.6

199.2

166.0

14.8

20.3

(5.2)

1,063.1
3,638.2
1,111.5

740.6
2,575.8
824.4

580.4
2,186.5
682.5

476.4
1,854.1
554.7

224.8
1,621.6
481.4

63.4
1,701.3
500.3

238.3
1,798.2
526.0

331.0
1,528.4
440.3

290.2
1,434.1
396.7

12.25p
60.5p
62.6p

44.6%
27.3%
24.0%
19.4%

11.5p
46.1p
46.6p

41.9%
25.0%
22.2%
18.6%

7.5p
27.6p
31.4p

38.1%
21.3%
18.0%
16.2%

3.5p
17.8p
17.3p

33.6%
16.0%
11.5%
12.0%

3.0p
0.2p
4.0p

29.9%
10.4%
3.3%
7.0%

2.9p
0.4p
0.2p

2.575p
12.5p
11.9p

30.5%
8.2%
0.6%
4.6%

33.2%
14.4%
8.1%
9.7%

2.5p
14.2p
14.8p

34.7%
17.9%
10.7%
14.0%

1.65p
0.8p
10.3p

34.6%
16.8%
9.1%
12.9%

220.2
921.9
258.3

1.50p
13.5p
11.3p

35.2%
17.4%
10.6%
14.7%

11,928

9,934

9,085

8,555

8,163

7,218

8,162

9,594

10,077

6,465

640

556

494

485

462

498

520

635

659

413

*	 Before	exceptional	items,	amortisation	and	fair	value	remeasurements.

Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

107

Additional information	
	
	
	
	
Additional information

FUTURE DATES
Quarter	1	results	
2015	Annual	General	Meeting	
Quarter	2	results	
Quarter	3	results	
Quarter	4	and	year-end	results	

2	September	2015
2	September	2015
9	December	2015
1	March	2016
15	June	2016

ADVISERS
Auditor
Deloitte	LLP
2	New	Street	Square
London
EC4A	3BZ

Registrars & Transfer Office
Equiniti	Limited
PO	Box	4630
Aspect	House
Spencer	Road
Lancing
West	Sussex
BN99	6QQ

Financial PR Advisers
The	Maitland	Consultancy	
125	Shaftesbury	Avenue	
London	
WC2H	8AD	

Solicitors 
Travers	Smith	LLP	
10	Snow	Hill	
London	
EC1A	2AL	

Skadden,	Arps,	Slate,	Meagher	&	Flom	LLP	
155	N	Wacker	Drive	
Chicago,	IL	60606	

Parker,	Poe,	Adams	&	Bernstein	LLP	
401	South	Tryon	Street	
Charlotte,	NC	28202

Brokers
Jefferies	Hoare	Govett	
Vintners	Place	
68	Upper	Thames	Street	
London	
EC4V	3BJ	

Barclays	Bank	plc	
North	Colonnade	
Canary	Wharf	
London	
E14	4BB	

Registered number
01807982

Registered Office
Kings	House
36-37	King	Street
London
EC2V	8BB

108 Ashtead Group plc Annual	Report	&	Accounts	2015

	
	
	
The paper used in the report is bleached using 
Elemental chlorine free (ECF) fibre sourced from well 
managed forests. Printed in the UK by CPI Colour, a 
CarbonNeutral® company. Both manufacturing mill  
and the printer are registered to the Environmental 
Management System ISO14001 and are Forest 
Stewardship Council® (FSC®) chain-of-custody certified.

Designed by 

A

s

h

t

e

a

d

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

Ashtead Group plc
Kings House 
36-37 King Street 
London  
EC2V 8BB 

Phone: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9700 
Fax: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9705
www.ashtead-group.com